• National Turists
  • Our Campings
  • Our Mountain Hostels
  • Torres del Paine

W Classic Circuit

Welcome to the most famous trekking in torres del paine, accommodation options.

  • Mountain Hostel
  • Mix Hotel Las Torres / Mountain Hostel

Home » Circuitos de Trekking » W Classic Circuit

One of the best hikes in the world

The W Circuit will make you to fall in love with Chile’s Patagonia. The pictures speak for themselves but could never do justice to the sights, feelings, excitement and pure awe that you will experience while hiking the W Circuit. Hiking through unbelievably big mountains, deep valleys, and dense, mysterious forests will leave you grateful for life and the exact moment you’re living.

The W Circuit is the most popular hike in Torres del Paine National Park for a reason – it’s stocked with all the highlights including Las Torres Base Viewpoint, Los Cuernos Mountains, Francés Valley, Paine Grande and Grey Glacier .

You can choose your adventure style, from camping immersed in nature to full room and board in shared mountain hostels or private hotel rooms. While still remaining a physically and mentally demanding experience, the W Circuit offers luxuries like comfy beds, hot showers, warm, hearty meals, and stock-up points along the way.

The W Circuit gets its name from the way it starts at one end of the Park, winds up and back down two spectacular mountain valleys, and then comes to a close at the other end, forming a W from a bird’s eye view.

The 5 day/4 night W Circuit option gives you the first day to relax and thoroughly explore the numerous sights of the Las Torres sector.

What will you see?

Amongst the most famous mountains in the world, these three towering, granite peaks soar in the blue sky at 2850m / 9350ft, 2800m / 9200ft, and 2600m / 8500ft. Molded by pure glacial force, these are the breath-taking towers that give the Park its name.

Los Cuernos

These three mountains put up a fight with the Las Torres Mountains over prettiest in the Park. Standing at 2600m / 8500ft, 2400m / 7900ft and 2200m / 7200ft, the different types of rocks that make up this massif create a stark, beautiful, and multi-colored contrast. A 700m / 3000ft wide slab of granite crosses the middle of these uniquely shaped mountains.

Francés Valley

This lookout in the middle of the W Circuit boasts unmatchable views. To the west, you can gaze at the Cuernos, Espada, Hoja and Máscara mountains. To the east, the Francés Glacier overhangs Mount Paine Grande. To the north, the jagged Fortaleza and Aleta de Tiburón (shark’s fin) peaks stand out against the sky. As if that wasn’t enough, the valley is immersed in a Nothofagus forest filled with many species of trees and vegetation that produce a variety of flowers and change colors during autumn.

Paine Grande

Made up of four summits, Paine Grande is recognized as one of the most beautiful mountains in the world. The highest peak towers at 3050m / 10000ft, making it the tallest mountain in the Macizo Paine Range and also the technically hardest mountain to climb in the entire Torres del Paine National Park.

Glaciar Grey

This is the largest glacier in Torres del Paine National Park, measuring 6km / 4mi wide, 30m / 100ft tall and 19km / 12mi long. Its floating icebergs and glacial moraines are just as picturesque as the glacier itself, which tumbles down from the massive Southern Ice Field. To see this gorgeous ice formation up close, you can take a boat ride, a kayak tour or an ice-hiking excurision.

w trek patagonia booking

How is the Circuit?

5 days/ 4 nights. The most popular circuit in Torres del Paine will surprise you with the Torres Base Viewpoint, Los Cuernos, Valle del Francés, Paine Grande and the Gray Glacier. Options: independent self-guided, group self-guided or private guide.

What does it include?

  • Premium Camping - Fully Equipped
  • RESERVATION AND CANCELLATION POLICY

Premium Camping - Fully Equipped Experience

Day 1: Transportation from Puerto Natales  to Torres del Paine, lodging at Central Sector. Day 2: Hike to Las Torres Base, lodging at Central Sector. Day 3: Hiking to Francés Sector (o Cuernos), lodging Francés Sector (o Cuernos). Day 4: Hike to the Francés Valley, lodging at Paine Grande Sector. Day 5: Hike to Grey Glaciar Lookout Point, then cross Pehoe Lake in catamaran and take transport back to Puerto Natales. 

Based on double occupancy – 2 people, 1 tent:

  • USD $ 1,300 p/p

Single Suplement:

During Christmas Eve and New Years Eve an extra of USD $45 is charged per dinner.

Lake Pehoé catamaran may be subject to changes, which could include modifications in the itinerary, in that case we will help you find the best alternative

  • 1 5 day Epic Trekking Circuit
  • 2 4 nights in Fully Equipped Camping (Tent, sleeping bag, and sleeping mat)
  • 3 All Meals
  • 4 Transport to and from Puerto Natales to Torres del Paine National Park
  • 5 Catamaran from Paine Grande
  • 6 Park Entrance Fee
  • 7 A hike of a lifetime

Mountain Hostel Experience

Day 1: Transportation from Puerto Natales  to Torres del Paine, lodging at Central Sector. Day 2: Hike to Las Torres Base, lodging at Central Sector. Day 3: Hiking to Francés Sector (o Cuernos), lodging Francés Sector (o Cuernos). Day 4: Hike to the Francés Valley, lodging at Paine Grande Sector. Day 5: Hike to Grey Glaciar Lookout Point, then cross the Pehoe Lake in catamaran and take transport back to Puerto Natales. 

Prices are per person based on 6 or 8 people per shared room:

  • USD $ 1,640 p/p
  • 2 4 nights in Mountain Hostel
  • The published rates and dates are valid from October 2024 until april 2025.
  • If you would like this option with a group, please book through the form at the bottom of this page.
  • Food service is limited in capacity
  • If you wish to book this program with a private guide, complete the form at the bottom of this page.
  • Prices in USD are for foreign tourists only.
  • If you would like to read our Reservation and Cancelation Policy please  click here .

w trek patagonia booking

Make an inquiry or a Reservation Here

Other circuits you might be interested in, o circuit from usd $1,930, w circuit express from usd $1,040.

Las Torres Patagonia

Las Torres Patagonia

Gracias por contactarte con Reserva Las Torres Patagonia

w trek patagonia booking

Two For The World

Hiking The W Trek In Patagonia: A Self-Guided Itinerary [2024]

01 apr 2024 11 nov 2023 | danielle.

You can choose your own adventure when it comes to trekking in Chile, but if you like to plan ahead, here’s our tried-and-tested 5 day/4 night, east-to-west, self-guided itinerary for hiking the W Trek Patagonia .

Last updated on 26 March 2024 by Dan

Torres del Paine National Park is a place so epic and otherworldly, its name is often spoken with a kind of hushed reverence. This vast and dramatic stretch of Chilean Patagonia is home to some of the most mind-blowingly beautiful scenery on Earth, and hiking the W trek is one of the greatest ways to immerse in it.

This is Patagonian hiking at its very best, but  how you trek the W trail is entirely up to you .

You can go with a guide, or do the W trek self guided (in the warmer months anyway). You can stay in lodges and enjoy a cooked meal and a warm bed. You can carry your own gear and pitch your tent in one of the designated campsites along the way, or carry no gear and book a tent at each site. You can carry all your food, or add a half or full board meal package to your booking, or do a bit of both.

We opted to camp but rather than carry all the gear, we arranged for a pitched tent to be waiting for us each day. We packed food for most of the trek and booked a full board meal package (dinner, breakfast and packed lunch) at one of our overnight camping stays.

The direction you hike and the time you take to do the trek is also your call. As occasional hikers with temperamental knees, we opted for the typical self guided W trek itinerary of  5 days and 4 nights .

Many argue that hiking west to east, and saving the striking granite peaks of Las Torres for the last day is a fitting finale to this incredible hike. We took the opposite view though, starting with the awe-inspiring torres and  hiking the W trek east to west  so that we could tackle the toughest legs of the trail in the first couple of days, while we still had plenty of energy.

At the end of the day, no matter how you take on the W hike, you’re still trekking one of the most spectacular trails on the planet. And you’ll still get to enjoy the jaw-dropping vista of Las Torres. Twice even, if you’re keen.

Heading off into the wilds with a self-guided itinerary for hiking the W trek in Patagonia.

Hiking the W Trek Snapshot Location:  Torres del Paine National Park, Chile Nearest town:  Puerto Natales, Chile Getting to and from the park: Torres del Paine is easily accessible by bus from Puerto Natales. Park entry: Park entry tickets and overnight stays in the park (campsites and lodges) must be arranged before visiting the park. Start and finish:  The W Trek traverses a roughly w-shaped route through Torres del Paine National Park between Refugio Las Torres in the east and Refugio Paine Grande in the west. For this itinerary, we start in the east and hike west. Distance:  appx. 74 kilometres (46 miles) one-way Time:  This itinerary is 5 days and 4 nights Difficulty:  Moderately difficult, with some challenging stretches and steep climbs, plus highly changeable weather. We’re occasional hikers but with some preparation and a reasonable level of fitness, we found the W Trek very do-able (even if all our muscles were screaming for days afterwards!).

What’s in this post?

Preparing for hiking the W Trek Patagonia What time of year is best for hiking the W? Where to stay before and after the trek Entry to Torres del Paine National Park Booking Camping and Accommodation on the W Trail Bus tickets to and from Torres del Paine Packing for the W Trek Our Self-guided itinerary for hiking the W Trail Day 1 – Puerto Natales to Chileno via Las Torres Day 2 – Chileno to Francés Day 3 – Francés to Paine Grande via Francés Valley Day 4 – Paine Grande to Grey Day 5 – Grey to Paine Grande (and return to Puerto Natales)

This post contains affiliate links. If you find these links useful and you choose to purchase through these links we may receive a small commission, at no extra cost to you, which helps us to keep this website running. Your support is much appreciated!  

Preparing for hiking the W Trek Patagonia

We aim to fully check and refresh this post for each trekking high season (October to April). Things can change without notice though, so we recommend also visiting the links below for information while you’re planning and before you go: 

  • For the latest updates on requirements for travel to Chile, visit the official  Chile tourism website .
  • Torres del Paine National Park is managed by the park agency CONAF. Visit the official national park website for park reports, park entry information and more.
  • When you check-in at the park for your trek, you’ll receive an information guide with a map showing the park’s trails, services and accommodations. The current brochure can be found here .

What time of year is best for hiking the W?

Patagonian weather will keep you on your toes no matter when you visit Torres del Paine National Park. Be ready for everything. However, there are two distinct periods to be aware of when planning your trip.

High Season – October to April

These are the warmer months in the southern hemisphere, and December to March is the busiest time of year to trek in the park, with visitation peaking over January and February. During this period, you can choose to do a self-guided hike or go with a guide .

If you’re travelling in high season, and particularly if you’re planning to visit during the peak months, be sure to reserve your place in the lodges or campgrounds as far in advance as possible . Torres del Paine is now one of the most popular places to trek in Chile and overnight places book up very quickly.

We hiked the W trail towards the end of March, and while sections were busy, like the path to Las Torres, there were stretches where we wouldn’t see more than a handful of people in hours.

That said, despite making our campsite reservations months prior to our visit, we initially struggled to find availability and had to change our trekking dates to suit what we were able to book.

Low Season – May to September

Many people say winter is even more magical in Torres del Paine.

The park entry fee drops during the low season and you’ll find far fewer people in the park. But temps will also be lower, daylight hours are shorter, rain is frequent and there can be snow and ice. Many of the mountain trails are closed, as are a number of the mountain lodges and services. Trails that are open can also close suddenly due to weather (though that can happen at any time of the year).

Most importantly, to do the W Trek or hike to the base of Las Torres during the low season, you must have a qualified guide . This period typically runs from 1 May to the end of August, but check the official Torres del Paine website for more information if you’re planning to visit over this time.

The bottom line: No matter what time of year you visit Torres del Paine, given the changeability of the weather there, you should check in with park agency CONAF for latest updates and closures.

Where to stay before and after the trek

The nearest major population centre, and the main jump-off point for a Torres del Paine trek is Puerto Natales , a low-key Patagonian town hugging the shores of the picturesque Última Esperanza Sound.

The drawcard of Torres del Paine’s trails has seen Puerto Natales develop a buzzing trekker scene.

We suggest giving yourself a couple of days in Puerto Natales before your trek to get organised, shop, hire any gear you need, and sort out transport to and from Torres del Paine if you haven’t already (see our section on sorting out bus tickets further on).

Just about everyone staying in Puerto Natales is out and about doing the same thing, so having extra time in town means you can stress less if you don’t find what you’re looking for in the first place you visit. 

Spending a couple of days here after your trek is also worthwhile – you can rest your weary bones and enjoy this charming little town.

A highlight of Patagonia travel is all about the epic views, like scene overlooking the sound in Puerto Natales.

Accommodation in Puerto Natales

Puerto Natales isn’t a big place, but you’ll find everything from budget hostels through to five-star luxury in and around the town.  

We stayed at the charming, centrally-located Hotel Aquaterra both before and after our trek. This is a great mid-range option and we really enjoyed our time here. They also stored our luggage for us while we were on the trail. 

For more accommodation options like this in Puerto Natales, take a look at Booking.com . Or, if you’re after something more in the budget range, you’ll find various hostel options here .

One place we’ve definitely got our eye on for a future stay is this unique domed apartment . It’s about eight kilometres (five miles) out of town, but with the views this place has, we wouldn’t be moving from the window seats anyway. Perfect for a post-trek, legs-up retreat!

Entry to Torres del Paine National Park

Entry to Torres del Paine National Park is ticketed and there are capacity limits in the mountain lodges and campgrounds. This is for the long-term care and protection of this wild and remote place, and for the safety of visitors to the park. So whether you’re planning to hike the W, trek the O circuit or visit for the day, you will need a ticket to get into the park.

You must now buy your entrance ticket for Torres del Paine National Park at least 24 hours in advance of your visit to the park. You can no longer buy an entry ticket at the park itself. Visit the CONAF website to buy your park entry ticket . 

Entry fees vary depending on whether you are Chilean or international, as well as your age, and whether you intend to stay in the park up to, or more than, three days. At last check, international adults 18 and over will pay CLP$31,200 (CLP is Chilean pesos) for up to three days in the park, and CLP$44,500 for more than three days.

Download your ticket to your phone before you head to the park (you won’t have reception there) and carry a printed copy just in case. You should also carry a copy of your passport as you may be asked to show your ID/nationality.

Booking Camping and Accommodation on the W Trail

There are various ways to stay overnight on the W trek in Torres del Paine National Park, but whether you’re planning a lodge stay, hiring camping equipment, or camping with all your own gear, you’ll need advance reservations to do so.

Overnight reservations are mandatory for Torres del Paine and, like park entry tickets, need to be made in advance . You cannot book camping or accommodation once you’re at the park, or camp outside the designated bookable camping zones.

You’ll also need to carry evidence of your overnight reservations as you may be asked to show proof at any time by a park ranger or when passing through checkpoints. We printed our reservation confirmations and carried these with us.  

With trekking in Torres del Paine becoming ever more popular, limited accommodation spots and advance booking necessary, sorting out campsites or lodge accommodation is – in our experience – probably the trickiest part of planning a self guided W trek itinerary. 

For this reason, we recommend booking your overnight stays as far in advance as possible , preferably as soon as bookings open for the season.  

It also pays to be flexible about where you stay, as you may find you need to rework your trekking dates and approach based on what’s available. 

Our final W trail hiking itinerary was the direct result of where and when we could get an overnight booking.

How to book your overnight stays in the park

There are a number of mountain lodges (refuges) and campsites in Torres del Paine, and you can only stay overnight in these designated zones.  

Broadly speaking, the zones in the east are managed by  Las Torres Patagonia  (formerly Fantástico Sur) and those in the west are managed by  Vertice Travel . 

There are also a couple of free campgrounds in the park which are managed by the Chilean park agency CONAF. However, these campgrounds are closed for the 2023-24 season – visit the CONAF website  for updates. 

You can book direct via the Las Torres Patagonia and Vertice Travel websites, however we know from experience that trying to align availability and book spots for a workable W circuit itinerary across different websites can be complicated and time-consuming. Another reason to plan well ahead.

We’re now aware of a new website called Booking Patagonia , which offers an integrated booking system for travel, tickets and accommodation for Torres del Paine. Tours can also be booked through this site. We haven’t used it yet so we can’t personally vouch for it, but if you do use it, we’d love to know how you go (one of our readers has recently provided some feedback about their experience in the comments at the end of this post).

Bus tickets to and from Torres del Paine National Park

We based ourselves in Puerto Natales, the nearest town to Torres del Paine, before and after our trek and most travellers do the same. From Puerto Natales, it’s an easy bus trip to and from the park.

If you’re travelling by bus, we recommend organising your bus tickets to and from Torres del Paine well in advance . Don’t leave this until the day you head to the park or you may find the buses already full. 

If you plan to buy your tickets when you arrive in Puerto Natales, aim to do so as soon as you arrive in town. You can buy bus tickets at the main bus station (Terminal Rodoviario), or through your hotel or hostel. We travelled to Puerto Natales by bus so we bought our tickets to Torres del Paine at the bus station the day we arrived. You can also search bus services and buy tickets online here .

It’s important to note that your bus drop-off/pick-up points at the park may vary depending on your final W trail itinerary, so keep this in mind when booking your bus ticket.

If you follow this itinerary and trek from east to west, you’ll start with the bus from Puerto Natales to Laguna Armaga . After your trek, you will board the bus at Pudeto for the return journey to Puerto Natales (this follows a catamaran ride across Lake Pehoe to Pudeto from Paine Grande). Vice versa if you’re hiking the W from west to east.  

To ensure you’re on the trail in good time (and in line with this itinerary), we recommend booking one of the earliest buses out of Puerto Natales on Day 1. 

Packing for the W Trek

Any hike, but especially a multi-day hike, can quickly lose its appeal if you’re carrying too much weight in your pack; something we can personally attest to. So we strongly recommend packing light and only carrying the clothes, gear and food you need for the trek.

If you’re travelling longer term and have more stuff with you – which was our situation – leave it in storage at your hotel. Your back will thank you for it.

You can find most of what you need to buy or rent in Puerto Natales for hiking into the surrounding landscapes, from sleeping bags, camping stoves and hiking poles to dried fruit and nuts for your trail mix.

That said, this is a small and relatively remote town and the local prices reflect it. We’re told there’s more choice and better prices at the supermarkets and shops in Punta Arenas, so if you’re coming from or via Punta Arenas, you might consider doing your trek shopping while in that town.

We’ve also read recent reports that it hasn’t been so easy to find dehydrated meals lately in Puerto Natales. If you’re planning your menu around these, you might think about sourcing them elsewhere.

It’s important to know that Chile has stringent rules around what foods you can and can’t bring into the country (fresh foods, fruits, honey, etc are a no-no). Be sure to declare any foodstuffs you do bring in and plan on buying most of what you need for trek meals and snacks once you’re in the country.

We had a tight meal plan for our spin on the W, but with hindsight, we would swap out some of the bulkier food stuffs we packed for lighter, more compact foods. Next visit, we’ll be looking to pack some dehydrated camping meals and light-weight but filling carbs like cous cous and oats.

The night before the trek, organise any food you’re carrying into daily packages of brekkie, lunch and dinner. Pre-bundling your meals saves scrabbling around in your pack for particular items on the trail). Then pack all the gear you’ll be taking with you in waterproof bags inside your backpack.

Cash, pesos or credit card? One question we get asked is whether to carry US dollars or Chilean pesos into the park, and whether the refuges accept credit cards. We carried all three. We paid for some things in pesos, like snacks and the shuttle to the trail head, and other things in USD, like the catamaran from Paine Grande to Pudeto. We also used our credit card at one of the refuges to buy beers. It’s our understanding that all of the refuges accept credit cards.

Food preparation for our W trek self guided trip.

Our self-guided itinerary for hiking the W Trail

Day 1 – puerto natales to chileno via las torres, total distance: appx. 13.8 km (8.5 miles) total time: appx. 8 hours overnight: camping chileno.

Let’s get trekking! Hopefully you’ve secured your seat on one of the earliest buses out of Puerto Natales this morning (see above regarding buying your bus tickets in advance).

Buses making the run to Torres del Paine National Park generally depart from Terminal Rodoviario in town. Find your bus and load your pack, then kick back until it’s time to go. It’s around two hours to Laguna Amarga, the gateway to Torres del Paine National Park, so settle in, this is a perfect excuse to grab some extra sleep before starting the hike. 

When you arrive at the Laguna Amarga Ranger Station, have your pre-purchased park entry ticket ready on your mobile phone or bring a printout. Here, you’ll check in and receive information about visiting the park, and its rules and regulations. 

Don’t forget to buy your entrance ticket for Torres del Paine in advance, and at least 24 hours before you head to the park . It’s no longer possible to buy entry tickets on arrival at at the park. Head to the CONAF website for more information .

At Laguna Amarga, hikers split into two groups: those starting their journey here at the eastern end of the park, and those heading to the western starting point at Paine Grande, which involves a further bus trip to Pudeto and a catamaran ride across Lake Pehoé (even if you’re hiking west to east, you’ll get off the bus here to check-in before reboarding the bus for Pudeto).

If, like us, you’re  hiking the W from east to west , your next step after check-in is to jump aboard the Hotel Las Torres public shuttle bus from Laguna Amarga to the Welcome Centre and the eastern starting point of the trek. This costs around US$5 per person and is paid in cash as you board (we paid this in pesos). 

Alternatively, you can start your hike here from Laguna Amarga. The shuttle will just spare you a dusty 7 kilometre walk along the gravel road. 

There’s a toilet at Laguna Amarga, and another at the Welcome Centre. This is a good chance to go before setting off into the mountains.

Trekking tip: We booked our first night’s accommodation at Camping Chileno, which is en route to today’s main destination – the towering granite peaks of Las Torres. We’ll be checking in at Chileno on the way and dropping off our packs ahead of the steep and challenging climb to the Las Torres mirador.  If, however, you’ve booked your first night at Hotel Las Torres or Central Refuge and Camping, then we’d suggest dropping off your packs there first, and setting out on today’s hike to Las Torres with a lighter load.

Signage marks the start of the W Trek in Torres del Paine.

1st Leg: Hotel Las Torres to Chileno ( appx.  5 km / 3.1 miles, around 2 hours)

We’re officially underway on the W trail around 10.30am and from the word go, the views are eye-popping. After a flat kilometre or so, the path starts to climb: get used to it, it’s pretty much uphill from here.

The hike is moderately steep in some spots, until about a kilometre (0.6 miles) or so from Camping Chileno, where the trail flattens out a little before descending into the campground.

Despite feeling like our hearts might explode for much of this first stretch, we cover the distance in around two muscle-busting hours, with frequent stops to take in the views, rehydrate, and give our racing pulses a break.

Hiking the W trail to Refugio Chileno.

Drinking water There’s no need to lug extra water with you on the Torres del Paine circuit. You’ll pass pristine mountain streams regularly throughout your journey. Bring a water bottle, fill up at nature’s tap and enjoy some of the purest water you’ll ever drink. Just remember to top up well away from the camps and upstream of the trails. 

We   haul our packs into Chileno around 12.30pm . This campground is operated by Las Torres Patagonia (formerly Fantástico Sur), and is the closest camp you can stay at to the famous Las Torres hike and mirador (the CONAF-managed campground near the base of the Las Torres climb has been closed for some time). 

The riverside setting at Chileno is truly stunning and the sheer peaks of the three granite towers – our ultimate goal today – rise tantalisingly above the forested mountains ahead.

The campground itself is a nice set-up of tiered camping platforms among the trees. There are shared bathrooms with hot showers, and a restaurant and bar with big windows, plus an outdoor terrace for soaking up the epic views.

Our tent is ready for us when we arrive at Chileno, so we check in, drop our bags in our tent, grab a smaller pack with snacks, water bottles and cameras, eat the lunch we prepared last night, and  set out for Las Torres around 1.30pm . Timings here may vary depending on your check-in.

2nd Leg: Chileno to Las Torres (appx. 4.4 km / 2.7 miles, around 2 hours)

This is without doubt today’s toughest leg, so there’s a huge bonus in not having to tote your full pack up the mountain.

From Chileno, you’ll hike for around 3 kilometres (1.9 miles) or so along a meandering path through pretty woodland, across rushing rivers, and through a wonderfully moody stretch of fallen forest that we dub the ‘tree cemetery’. It’s a lovely, moderate walk, and we have no sense of what’s ahead when we reach the sign that tells us ’45 minutes to Mirador Las Torres’.

My notes from this point in our trek simply state: ‘hiking hell starteth here’. A touch dramatic maybe, but as irregular hikers, this was probably the hardest section of the entire W for us. Maybe you’ll breeze through it, just be ready for it.

Shortly after the sign, the climb to Las Torres begins in earnest. It’s a gritty, rocky terrain of steep, gravelly inclines and large boulders. The panoramas as you climb are absolutely breathtaking, but so is the hike itself. There are moments while we’re in the throes of it, looking up and spotting the tiny trekkers far above, that this stretch feels like it will never end.

It does end though, about an hour later, and the scene that awaits as we round a final boulder and face the towering granite pillars of Las Torres makes every single breath-wrenching step worth it.

The three towers of Las Torres: a showcase site on the Torres del Paine circuit is Las Torres.

It’s buzzing at the top: hikers drape the rocks surrounding the glacier lake; a bushy-tailed Patagonian fox weaves its way between the boulders; there’s even a guy getting his hair cut at the water’s edge (one hairdresser’s quirky approach to memorialising his travels while promoting his business).

We spend some time taking pics before settling onto a boulder of our own to simply take in this awe-inspiring scene. Aim to spend around an hour at Las Torres .

The three peaks of Las Torres on the W Patagonia.

3rd Leg: Las Torres to Chileno (appx. 4.4 km /2.7 miles, around 2 hours)

The journey back down from Las Torres is in some respects even more challenging than the climb up. The constant down is tough on knees and the gravel makes the going slippery. We’re beyond grateful for our hiking poles, though we both still manage to pull off some memorable butt slides.

Trekking tip: Hiking poles made all the difference for us when we were trekking in Patagonia. We carried one each, which was ideal as it left us both with a hand free to grab branches and rocks, haul each other up and down, and catch our fall when we slipped. Which was often.

It takes us around two hours to get back to Chileno; we have time to shower, buy a couple of well-earned beers and watch the sunset burn the tips of Las Torres molten gold.

It was cloudy the entire time we were up at the base of the towers, so watching them all beautifully backlit now is a bit of a kicker, but if there’s one thing you’ll learn quickly hiking the W Patagonia, it’s that the weather doesn’t give a rats what you think.

Chileno's riverside setting, our first night's stopover on our self guided W trek.

Preparing for Patagonian weather If there’s one constant about the weather in Patagonia, it’s that there’s nothing constant about it. We were particularly lucky on our five days in Torres del Paine, but you should be ready for four seasons in a day. Layer up, have a rain jacket handy, and wear quick-dry clothes. Skip a rain cover for your bag though. While we never experienced the legendary winds that tear through the park from time to time, we heard plenty of stories of pack covers being whipped off suddenly and disappearing into the wilds.  Expect to get rained on, and pack your gear in bag liners or waterproof bags inside your backpack instead.

Cooking stoves are not allowed to be used in the Chileno zone, so we opted for the full board food package here, which includes dinner tonight, breakfast tomorrow and a packed lunch to take with us.

Later in the evening, we join a host of other hikers in the restaurant for a surprisingly tasty and filling three-course meal full of protein and carbs.  

We’re absolutely wrecked by the end of dinner, and we’re tucked up in our sleeping bags by 9.30pm. 

Sunrise at Las Torres When we originally planned our itinerary for hiking the W, we had every intention of doing a second trek to Las Torres for sunrise on Day 2. In late March, this would have entailed getting back on the track up the mountain by 5.30am . As we climbed into our sleeping bags that first night though, we decided to pull the pin: we were just too tired, and we were also a little wary of making the tricky climb in the poor dawn light.* It was a tough call at the time, and it didn’t help when we poked our heads out of our tent the next morning to see the torres erupting with golden light above the silhouetted foreground. As we watched though, the clouds rolled in and soon enough the peaks were shrouded in mist. There’s no accounting for Patagonian weather, or how your body may feel after a long day of hiking. The best you can do is plan, and be flexible on the day. *PS. For safety reasons, hiking in the dark isn’t actually allowed in Torres del Paine. Trail sections have opening and closing times, check the park brochure for more info.

Day 2 – Chileno to Francés

Total distance: appx. 18 km / 11.2 miles total time: appx. 6 hours 45 minutes overnight: camping francés.

Sunrise is around 8am when we do the W trek in late March, and as we haven’t made the dawn hike to Las Torres, we enjoy a more leisurely start to the morning on Day 2. 

If you do decide to do the dawn hike up to Las Torres for sunrise, factor in around five hours this morning and adjust the following timings for today’s next legs accordingly.

As breakfast is part of our full board package at Camping Chileno, we pack up our gear and head to the dining room at 8.30am for a hearty kickstart to the day.

1st Leg: Chileno to Los Cuernos (appx.  15 km / 9.3 miles, around 4.5 hours)

We’re on the trail by 9.15am , heading back towards Hotel Las Torres. We won’t be going all the way to the hotel though as there’s a shortcut off to the right around half-an-hour after leaving Chileno. The shortcut is signposted and takes you along a mostly downward sloping path surrounded by undulating hills and lake views.

Rolling hills and lake views accompany the trekker on our second day on the W trail Patagonia.

We reach the end of the shortcut and  rejoin the main W route around 11am . At some point after this though, we suddenly find ourselves in what can only be described as the Patagonian Swamps of Mordor and we start to wonder whether we’ve veered off on to a secondary trail by mistake.

We can still glimpse the Nordernskjöld Lake off to left, and we know the official trail travels alongside it. To this day, we’re unsure if we did actually go off piste (though the number of bootprints in the mud suggests not).

Eventually, we seem to be back on track according to the map, just a little muddier for the experience (and even more grateful for our depth guage hiking poles).

Navigating through mud is common when hiking Torres del Paine.

The next stretch travels up and down through very pretty lakeside country, with the occasional steep section, before passing down into the valley at Los Cuernos.  We arrive at the Los Cuernos shelter and camping area around 1.45pm .

You could stop at any point along the stretch to Los Cuernos for a lunch break; we stop just past the shelter and find a nice rock with a view. We opted for the full board meal package with Camping Chileno so we’ve been provided with a packed lunch today as part of this. 

We chill for around 45 minutes and then  set off around 2.30pm for Camping Francés , where we’ll be staying tonight.

A swing bridge crosses a river on the W Trek in Torres del Paine.

2nd Leg: Los Cuernos to Francés (appx.   3 km / 1.9 miles, around 1.5 hours)

The trail to the Francés campground is up and down and rubbly, with some steep sections, and a pretty pebbly beach crossing. Today’s walk has been positively sedate compared to yesterday’s heart-starter climbs, but never fear, a leg-burning rise awaits just before the descent into the camp.

We arrive at Camping Francés around 4.00pm . The campground here is run by Las Torres Patagonia   (formerly Fantástico Sur).

The tent platforms are clustered between the trees and there’s a good shower and toilet block a short walk from the campsite. There’s also a small shop with basic amenities. 

By 5.15pm we’re checked in and set up on our platform. We’ve arranged for a tent at Camping Frances but we’re cooking our own food tonight.  

Sunset is close to 8pm in late March, and having made it through our second day on the W trail, we’re zipped up in our sleeping bags soon after.

Clouds reflect off the mirror-still lake at Camping Francés in Torres del Paine.

Day 3: Francés to Paine Grande via Francés Valley

Total distance: appx. 20.3 km / 12.6 miles t otal time: appx. 9 hours overnight: camping paine grande.

Despite our fatigue, neither of us sleeps particularly well on our second night and we’re both groggy when the alarm goes off at 7am.

Our restlessness is partly due to the strange soundtrack that has accompanied us throughout the night: sharp cracking sounds like distant shot gun blasts and deep, thunderous rumbles. It’s not until we set out on the trail through the Francés Valley today though, that the source of the unnerving noises becomes obvious.

On this itinerary, today is the longest day hiking the W, and based on our experience, we recommend getting on the trail by 8am at the latest to maximise your time in the Frances Valley. We departed later when we trekked, so we’ve adjusted the timings below to suit an earlier start.  

1st Leg: Francés to Italiano Ranger Station (appx. 2 km / 1.2 miles, around 30 minutes)

The first leg this morning is a rejuvenating, 30-minute leg-stretcher to Italiano Ranger Station. Aim to pack up and set out from camp by 8am. 

There’s a ranger at the Italiano Ranger Station when we arrive. He points to some racks opposite the office building; this is where we opt to leave our backpacks ahead of the challenging hike into Francés Valley.  

We sort our valuables and lunch into a smaller daypack, lock up the big packs, and get going again. Look to be back on the trail by 8.45am . 

2nd Leg: Italiano Ranger Station to Británico Lookout (appx. 5.4 km / 3.4 miles, around 3 hours)

The first kilometre (0.6 miles) out of Italiano is a flat trail through pleasant forest, after which the track starts to climb steeply through a rocky, rubbly stretch.

The scenery is seriously beautiful, serving up views of the ironically named Paine Grande Hill – 3,050 metres above sea level – and the Francés glacier that clings to it. This is the source of the crackshots and grumbles we’ve been hearing as the hanging ice shifts, melts and avalanches down the mountain.

Soon enough, you’ll reach the Francés mirador, a lookout offering spectacular panoramas over the ‘hill’ and its glacier; this is the perfect spot for a short break and a snack, as the next stretch is tough.

The mountain-and-glacier scene at Paine Grande Hill on the W trek itinerary.

From here, the trail to Británico Lookout is a challenging, rubble-strewn boulder dash with lots of climbing.

A flat, rocky clearance scattered with the parched white trunks of dead trees and overshadowed by the jaw-dropping Cuernos massif, marks the final stretch before a steep, 10-minute climb to the mirador itself.

The jaw-dropping Cuernos mountain range in Torres del Paine National Park.

Summitting the boulders of the Británico Lookout around three hours after setting out , we cast our eyes over what will become our favourite panorama of this epic journey: the vast and spectacular Francés Valley. Find a rock to perch on and settle in for lunch with this glorious scene at your feet.

The vast and spectacular Frances Valley is a highlight panorama of the W trail Patagonia.

We’ve come a long way, but there’s still a huge day of hiking the W ahead. To our eternal regret, we were only able to linger here for half an hour as we left camp too late on this morning. That’s why we recommend getting on the trail no later than 8am today – trust us, you’ll want as much time at Britanico as possible and by arriving around 11.45am, you’ll have close to an hour here.

We’ve promised ourselves that next time, we’ll spend an extra day or two in this valley so we can take in this view at our leisure. For us, this remains one of the most magnificent vistas we’ve come across in all our world travels.

Trekking tip: Get on the trail by 8am at latest this morning so you can hang out for at least an hour at Britanico, or better yet, stay an extra day in the Francés Valley. 

3rd Leg: Británico Lookout to Italiano Ranger Station (appx. 5.4 km / 3.4 miles, around 2 hours)

Aim to set off back down the trail to Italiano around 12.45pm . We find this a knee-buckling downward journey and our legs are screaming by the time we reach our packs back at the Italiano Ranger Station just over two hours later. 

Once we’ve retrieved our packs (now four-deep in a giant bag pile), re-sorted them, and stopped for a quick breather, we set out for the Paine Grande refuge and camping area, starting with a bridge crossing out of Italiano.  It’s around 3pm by this stage . 

Crossing a swing bridge en route from Italiano Ranger Station to Paine Grande Lodge on the W Trail.

4th Leg: Italiano Ranger Station to Paine Grande (appx. 7.5 km / 4.6 miles, around 2.5 hours)

The final stretch of the W trail today is a journey of around 7.5 kilometres (4.6 miles) and it’s mostly flat with some sloping ups and downs.

Travelling out of the valley and along the raised walkway as you head towards Sköttsberg Lake, remember to turn around and take in the mountain scene back the other way: it is immense.

Hiking the W Patagonia offers endless epic vistas like the Cuernos mountain range.

After some more steady rises, we make our final descent into Paine Grande Refuge and Camping around 5.30pm . By this stage, we’re seriously sore and tired and very ready for a beer from the lodge bar, which is the first thing we do once we’ve checked in and dropped our packs at our tent.

The campground at Paine Grande, which is managed by Vertice Travel, is large and separated into sections for campers carrying their own gear, and those like us who have booked a tent. A wooden walkway links the campgrounds with the lodge, the campers’ kitchen and bathrooms.

The campground at Paine Grande in Torres del Paine.

As Paine Grande is the western starting point for hiking the W and a transit point for O circuit trekkers, as well as for day trippers and short stay visitors, this is the largest and busiest lodge and campground in the park. 

There’s a good-sized kitchen building, which is heaving with trekkers when we make our way in there to cook dinner around 7pm. 

The camp shower and toilet facilities here are basic. We recommend getting your ablutions out of the way while everyone else is cooking dinner and before the post-meal rush. Paine Grande also has dorms, a restaurant and bar, and a mini-market. 

We’re tucked up in our tent just as a light rain begins to fall around 8.30pm. 

Day 4 – Paine Grande to Grey 

Total distance: appx. 11 km / 6.8 miles total time: appx. 3 hours 45 minutes overnight: camping grey.

Today is our shortest day so far on the W trail, so we decide to set out a little later as we’re definitely starting to feel the past three days’ hiking, and a strange kind of exhilarated fatigue. 

We’re up at 8am with plans to be on the trail by 9am. However the banshee-like screeches of a fox followed by the thrilling appearance of a large, tawny-coloured puma on the hill behind the camp has us – and everyone else – lingering for a while in hushed awe, until the sleek big cat disappears around a bend into the next valley. Which happens to be the same valley we’re about to trek into. 

After checking in at the ranger station for advice on what to do if we see the puma again, we set off through the narrow, pretty dell at around 10am . We’re both relieved (and maybe a touch disappointed) to find no further sign of our feline friend.

The big cats of Patagonia Don’t let the thought of pumas roaming the forests of Torres del Paine put you off trekking there. The fact is, these magnificent creatures are extremely shy and actively avoid humans. Seeing a puma is incredibly rare. Spotting one near camp as we did is apparently almost unheard of. However, it’s important to be across what to do and how to act if you do encounter a puma; you’ll find advice on this in the guide that you receive when you register for your Torres del Paine trek.

The valley walk is flat at first but soon begins to climb, and continues to serve up steady inclines followed by some steep descents into the Grey refuge and camping area.

The scenery on this leg is still epic, but maybe a touch more serene than the high drama mountainscapes of the last couple of days. Grey Lake is flat and still on the day we hike the trail, and dotted with blueish lumps of ice from the vast Grey Glacier at its head.

About halfway along the trail, a rocky lookout reveals the first glimpses of this immense glacier, a sea of ice six kilometres (3.7 miles) wide and 30 metres (98 feet) high in places.

Views over the Grey Glacier from the mirador on the W hike to Grey Lodge.

We arrive at the Grey Camping area around 1.45pm , a journey of 3 hours and 45 minutes, with plenty of photo and snack stops along the way.

Grey Refuge and Camping is also operated by Vertice Travel. The lodge has a lovely bar and lounge area in addition to its dorms, and the campground out front is overlooked by the stunning peaks of the Cordon Olguín. By the time we arrive, the clouds have cleared and the mountains burn golden as the sun drops.

Tents cluster under the golden glow of the Olguin mountains in Torres del Paine.

If you’ve got the energy, check in (or leave your pack with the office if check-in hasn’t opened yet), and then head back out to hike past the western tip of the W trail and on to the first leg of the O circuit towards Paso Ranger Station. This will bring you much closer to the glacier, but bear in mind, it’s a five hour, one-way hike to Paso itself.

Trekking tip: Leaving Paine Grande at 10am worked well for us, but if you do want to hike a stretch of the trail from Grey towards Paso and back to Grey today, consider starting out from Paine Grande earlier in the morning so you have more time to do this.

We opt to stop and enjoy our lunch with mountain views, then roll out our mats and nap in the sun until check-in opens. 

After getting our tent sorted, we hike to a rocky outcrop on the lake just 15 minutes from camp. The views from here towards the glacier’s terminus are gorgeous and we spend time here just soaking up the scene.

Grey Glacier marks the western tip of the W trail in Torres del Paine National Park.

On our return to camp, we head to the lodge for a drink at the bar before making dinner on one of the picnic benches outside the buzzing campers’ cooking area.

In addition to the bar, there’s a restaurant at Grey, and a small shop selling grocery basics. There’s an equally small toilet and shower block for campers (the showers only have certain hours of operation but the water is hot).  

We’re in bed by 9pm and prepped for a very early departure in the morning.

Day 5 – Grey to Paine Grande  (and return to Puerto Natales)

Total distance: appx. 11 km / 6.8 miles total time: 3 hours 15 minutes.

It’s our last day on the W hike! We’re on the trail early so we can get back to Paine Grande in time for the late morning catamaran across Lake Pehoe to Pudeto, where we’ll pick up the bus back to Puerto Natales. 

It shouldn’t take more than four hours to get back to Paine Grande from the Grey campground, but we’re feeling pretty exhausted by this stage and John has nurtured some nasty blisters, so we’re up and on the trail before sunrise . 

It’s freezing when we set out at dawn but as the day lightens, we’re treated to a stunning peach-tinted sky reflecting off the lake, and we stop often to snap pics.

Dawn turns the clouds orange over Grey Lake on the W trail Patagonia.

Despite John’s sore feet, we make good time on the return journey and while we’re climbing for much of the first half, it feels easier than the trek up from Paine Grande yesterday. Maybe it’s because we’re on the home run, even though the thought makes us sad.

Our journey back to Paine Grande takes us 3 hours and 15 minutes , 30 minutes less than yesterday’s hike in the opposite direction. 

We haven’t eaten breakfast and we’re starving by the time we arrive. We were planning to grab something to eat at the restaurant at Paine Grande, but we discover it’s closed between breakfast and lunch. 

We make do with our leftover trail mix instead, which is a bigger deal than you might think: we packed way too much of the bitty hiker’s snack and after five days we have a serious love/hate relationship with it. 

Fortunately, there’s now a mini market at Paine Grande, which is apparently open from 7am. But if you’re setting out really early like us, perhaps have something you can eat on the go for this final morning.

Tickets and times for the ferry between Paine Grande and Pudeto Ferry departure times from Paine Grande and Pudeto change throughout the year so be sure to check the schedule when you’re planning your w trek itinerary, and adjust your final day hiking start time to ensure you arrive back at Paine Grande at least 30 minutes before the ferry departs.   You don’t need to reserve a place on the boat, just hop aboard and buy your ticket with cash (at last check, it’s US$30 for internationals). The journey to Pudeto takes around 30 minutes.  

We board the late morning catamaran  for our return to the eastern side of the park. The boat trip across Lake Pehoé offers spectacular views of the entire mountainscape we’ve spent the last five days traversing. It’s an epic perspective of the W panorama and a mesmerising finale to our W trek itinerary. 

If the weather is nice, we totally recommend taking a seat outside on the catamaran so you can properly admire the breathtaking scenery. 

View of the mountain panorama of the W trail in Patagonia from Lake Pehoé.

Disembarking the ferry at Pudeto, we grab a coffee from the lakeside café (open from October throughout the trekking season), take a seat in the sun, and enjoy our last moments in Torres del Paine while we wait for our bus. 

Pudeto ferry and bus connections   In addition to checking ferry times for the catamaran between Paine Grande and Pudeto when you’re organising your trek, it’s also worth checking the bus connections to and from Pudeto, so you can work out the best approach for your final day on the trail.  

From Pudeto, the bus makes its way back to the Laguna Amarga Ranger Station to collect hikers finishing their trek at the eastern end of the park. From there,  we settle in for the return two hour bus journey to Puerto Natales . 

Tonight, back in Puerto Natales, after a good hot shower and a lamentation on the ridiculous amount of trail mix we’ve got left over, we head out for a celebratory drink.

Our legs might be seizing, our knees protesting and we’re beyond exhausted, but we’re buzzing with the sheer thrill of having completed this epic trek. We’re already talking about when we might come back and hike the W trail again, or better yet, take on the longer O circuit. 

However we do it, trekking in Torres del Paine is one nature experience we’re keeping firmly on our bucket list. 

Two For The World - Hiking the W Patagonia.

Got any questions? Have you trekked in Torres del Paine recently? We’d love to hear from you, drop us a message below.

For more exciting experiences and things to do in this incomparable part of the world, head to our Chile page or our South America section.

53 thoughts on “Hiking The W Trek In Patagonia: A Self-Guided Itinerary [2024]”

I been to Asia a couple times but never to enjoy much of the nature. Your destinations and experiences have me wanting to explore more of the hiking trails abroad. Thanks for sharing!

Cheers Bryan, happy travels!

Thanks for your info, it helps a lot. I’m planning to do W trek in coming January. If I book the camp, can I also use the facilities in the shelter (like shower and toilet)?

Hi Karen, all of the campsites along the W have dedicated facilities for campers, including showers and toilets. Some have cooking areas for campers as well. Happy planning and have a wonderful trek in January! Cheers, Danielle

Great website! We’re hoping to do this February/March 2025, and are wondering how best to spend our time on either side of this hike. Did you travel to El Calafate and El Chalten while you were in the area? Or do you recommend other areas down there? Any advice greatly appreciated!

Hi Lisa, thanks for your message! Fantastic to hear you’re planning a trip to Patagonia! Besides the W Trek, there are various activities you can do in and around Puerto Natales and Torres del Paine, like boat trips on Grey Lake to Grey Glacier or horseback riding.

We most definitely did travel to El Calafate and El Chalten after our trek and absolutely recommend, especially if you’re keen to get out on some further hikes. We bussed from Puerto Natales to El Calafate and the next day did a day trip to the Perito Moreno Glacier, which is an absolute must. From El Calafate, we travelled by bus to El Chalten (the panoramas on the bus ride in are wow – try and get the front seats!) and spent a good couple of days exploring this gorgeous area and just hanging out. There are a range of hikes you can do out of El Chalten – the day hikes to Laguna de Los Tres and Cerro Torre are epic.

If you head south from Puerto Natales to Punta Arenas, you can do day trips to see King penguins, Magellan penguins, whales and dolphins, so that’s another option.

Have a wonderful time and happy trip planning! Cheers, Danielle

Thank you for sharing your Patagonia insights! I found it very thorough and incredibly helpful. I we are planning our trip for October 2024. I have a question. How did you book your meal plan? Thanks! Kim

Hi Kim, thanks for your feedback, we’re glad you’ve found our post helpful! When you go through the booking process for each accommodation (including camping) along the trail, you’ll have the opportunity to add meals as part of those bookings. Links to the accommodation providers are in the post. Good luck with your planning and happy trekking in October! Cheers, Danielle & John

Hi thank you so much for this detailed blog. It appears that one would have to stay at Frances camp if going east to west in order to shave hiking time on day 3. Is there a bus company through which we have to pre-book a bus ticket from Pudeto ferry to Las Amargo? Or is it a shuttle service? Do you have any idea if booking a guided tour via Las Torres means that they carry your heavy rucksacks?? Is the last day at Grey really worth it ? Or would you rather end the trek on day 4? Thank you!

Hi SK, thanks for your message. Until the CONAF Italiano camp reopens, Frances camp is the closest camp to the Frances Valley so yes, it is the best bet timing-wise for getting in and out of the Frances Valley and on to Paine Grande on Day 3 if travelling from east to west. You could also stay at Los Cuernos, but that would add around 1.5 hours to Day 3.

The buses running from Puerto Natales to Torres del Paine drop off and pick-up from Laguna Amarga and Pudeto. When you buy your bus ticket to Torres del Paine, you’ll note where you’ll be getting off and on again (it will depend on your itinerary, but for us, travelling from east to west, we got off at Laguna Amarga and boarded at Pudeto on our return. Check out the section in our post on bus tickets to and from the park for more info. There’s a shuttle that runs between the Laguna Amarga ranger station and Hotel Las Torres for a fee.

We would suggest contacting the tour company you’re interested in for advice about whether porter services are available on their guided tours. We left most of our luggage in one of our backpacks at our hotel in Puerto Natales and carried only what we needed for the trek to keep the weight down.

We personally feel that every leg of the W is absolutely worth it – the scenery is superb throughout. Five days gave us just the right amount of time to enjoy the whole trail without pushing too hard. To do the trek in four days, you’d likely need to compromise on either the full hike into Frances Valley or the Grey leg in order to reach camps before dark, and we wouldn’t want to skip either. But that’s us. If four days was all we had to trek, we would possibly leave Grey but we’d have to make sure we did a boat tour out to the glacier instead! 🙂

All the best with your planning! Cheers, Danielle & John

This is seriously one of the best breakdowns I’ve read. Patagonia is one of three “Someday” treks I have on my list to head off on once my son is a little bigger and can carry more of his own gear. We’re building up now with longer and longer trips around Central/Eastern Europe

Love this site!

Thanks for your message Brian, we really appreciate your feedback. So cool that you and your son are already hiking together, and what an awesome bucket list adventure to look forward to with him! Happy trekking and thanks again! Danielle & John

Do you have a map with the accommodations you booked or where you rented out tents/gears? Planning on doing this solo in June!

Hi Erika, thanks for your message! There’s a trail map available at the official Torres del Paine website: https://parquetorresdelpaine.cl/mapa-2023-2024/ – it shows all the accommodations/campsites along the trail. You can also find links in our post to the accommodation providers we booked our campsites and camping gear through.

As you’re considering a June trip, we’d also encourage you to check out the official Torres del Paine website for information about winter hiking regulations – https://parquetorresdelpaine.cl/permisos-especiales/ . Many of the accommodations and trails close over winter and while you can visit the park, we understand it’s mandatory to have a guide for the W Trek and the trek to the base of Las Torres between 1 May and 30 August (though the timeframes can change depending on weather). All the best with your planning! ~ Danielle

Hello Dan, What a great find this was. Thank you so much for writing it. I’m looking to mimic your trek with some modifications. I will very likely have a car rental when I arrive into Punta Arenas. My plan is to drive myself and 2 others into the park and leave the vehicle parked at the welcome center or hotel (unsure if this is allowed). At the end you mention that you ferry to Pudeto- then catch a bus that swings by Laguna Amarga into Puerto Natales. Is there a bus that goes directly back to the welcome center or hotel from Pudeto so we can get back in my rental? It looks like the Laguna Amarga ranger station is about 8.5 km from the welcome center. Or is it best to just shuttle from Puerto Natales for the whole thing and leave the rental somewhere in town?

Hi Bruce, thanks so much for your message and feedback! Very good question re. parking – based on our limited research into this, our understanding is that you can leave your car at Hotel Las Torres while you trek if you’re a guest there, otherwise, cars can be parked at the nearby Welcome Centre. We’ve also seen reference online to a small car parking area at Pudeto, so in theory you could arrange bus tickets from Pudeto to Laguna Amarga, and from there get the hotel shuttle to Hotel Las Torres/the Welcome Centre. I would suggest posting your question on Tripadvisor and hopefully someone has done something similar recently and can provide latest info. It might also be worth contacting Hotel Las Torres and asking their advice; no doubt they get questions like this frequently. All the very best for your trip planning and the trek itself – it’s an unforgettable experience! Cheers, Danielle & John

Thank you so much for the great information. I’m a long term planner and we’re looking to book for our family of four, Christmas 2024. I found this blog really really helpful in hiking cost effectively. Thanks Again!

Hi Melissa, thank you so much for your message, we’re really happy you’ve found our post helpful in your planning. Also very excited for you and your family – what a fantastic Christmas experience! We hope you have a really wonderful time hiking the W, it’s just such an incredible place! All the best and happy hiking! Danielle & John

Thanks for the article, I find it very useful. I have just booked the circuit trail for this April. About that: I looked into using Booking Patagonia for the reservations, and it works really well. Though, there is a downside: they charge an extra $90. You’ll notice this at the very and of the booking process, which I found quite frustrating. For me that was a reason to book directly at Vertice and Las Torres Patagonia, which works fine.

Hi Valentijn, thanks so much for this update, that’s really helpful to know! Thanks also for your feedback on our post, we’re pleased you’ve found it useful. All the best for your upcoming trip in April, have a sensational time and happy hiking! Cheers, Danielle & John

Thanks for the great write up. The details are useful and your descriptions are inspiring. I’m leaving for Chile in a couple days and your post just added to my excitement.

Hey Mike, thanks so much for your feedback, we hope you have a really fantastic trip. Chile is an incredible country, one of our faves!

Cheers, Danielle & John

Thank you for that informativ Blog! I have a question: are there any possibilities to heat up some water in the Refugiés without a stove?

All the best Sophie

Hi Sophie, thanks for your message!

As we had a cooking stove (and booked meals at Chileno where stoves can’t be used), we can’t personally say for sure whether hot water is currently available at all of the stops on the route. That said, we did find a trekker’s report online from late 2023 noting that they were able to access hot water (not boiling) through the coffee/tea dispensers at each of the refugios they stayed at, which they used for their dehydrated meals. Would suggest seeing if there are other trip reports from this season, or posting on a forum for latest updates. Or perhaps hire a stove in Puerto Natales and buy a gas canister just to be on the safe side! We’d love to know what you find out!

Have a magic time trekking the W!

Cheers, Dan & John

Hi guys. Thanks for all the detailed info. Just wondering if you could give an estimate of how much it cost for the W trek. I am being quoted $1180 per person for 4 nights and five days starting 12th February with this included:

•⁠ ⁠camping accommodation with all the equipment •⁠ ⁠all the meals •⁠ ⁠transportation from/to natales-park •⁠ ⁠park entrance •⁠ ⁠catamaran •⁠ ⁠welcome kit

Not sure if this price is really high or if it would work out as that much if I book everything myself separately anyway.

Many thanks

Thanks for your message and feedback – we’re really excited for your trek in Torres del Paine.

We were travelling long-term when we did the W Trek so we went out of our way to keep costs down by booking the campsites directly, carrying some of our own camping gear and bringing most of our own food. Travelling as a pair also helped as the single supplements can add quite a bit. We’d also note that, like everything, prices have hiked post-Covid.

We’ve included some costings in our post but not many as we’re conscious things can change quickly (plus there are so many potential cost combos for accommodation/food, it’s tricky to provide a general estimate). As the bulk of your costs will be in the camping, gear and food components, you might consider checking out the latest price lists for camping and food package options on the Vertice and Las Torres Patagonia websites; that would give you a sense of costs in the context of your quote. Given how quickly accomm/campsites book up for the season and the challenge of trying to coordinate an itinerary across multiple websites, having a third party making the arrangements, while costing more, would take the hassle out of that.

All the best with your planning and we hope you have a sensational time trekking!

Cheers Danielle & John

Your hikes sounded amazing. We are going in Feb and I wasn’t sure what to expect. Sounds like I should do some training! Do you recommend stiff hiking boots to navigate the big rocks or are light hikers enough support?

Thanks for sharing, Karen. Canada

Hi Karen, many thanks for your feedback! To be honest, if you’re a regular walker/hiker, you may find the W Trek a breeze – we met plenty of people who barely cracked a sweat, lol. As irregular hikers, we found some of the steeper sections a little more ‘breath-taking’ but still very do-able. We both wore regular lightweight hiking shoes and they were fine (apart from John developing blisters towards the end), but we also saw people in solid boots. I guess it depends on your preference. We did find having a hiking pole each was useful on some of the more uneven terrain like the rocky climb to Las Torres. We’d love to hear about your trek when you get back – have a fantastic time! Danielle

Going in February, cant wait. Did you know how anyone who did the kayak at Grey and talked about there experience?

Hi Efren, that’s so exciting! We don’t personally know anyone who has kayaked at Grey but we wish we’d had time for it – what an amazing experience! The lake is beautiful and the glacier is epic! If you do kayak, we’d love to hear about it! Have a fantastic time, Cheers, Danielle & John

Awesome Post!

I’m looking at doing this the same direction as you guys did around the same time in 2025.

You mentioned availibilty determined your campgrounds; that being said would you change any of your stays if you could in retrospect? Maybe saw some better campgrounds/lodges along the way that you wish you could have booked had there been availibilty?

Hi Chris, thanks for your message and good question! We were on a long travel stint when we did the W Trek so we opted for camping to keep our costs down, plus the campsites we ended up with proved to be very well located for a five-day itinerary. That said, all of the lodges and refuges looked quite nice so if we were to do it again (and we hope to!), we would consider adding some lodge/refuge stays, following the same itinerary. Location-wise, the Cuernos and French refuges would be good alternatives to camping (though these are beds in dorms, which is less appealing to us). We would definitely consider the Cuernos Cabins (2-3 people per cabin), especially if we were planning a longer stay in the French Valley! We’d also consider staying at the lodge at Grey next time as, of all the campgrounds, this was probably our least favourite (plus we were very ready for a bed by that stage!). Overall, the quality of the campgrounds/refuges throughout the park is very good and we were really happy with our camping experience and itinerary. Best of luck with your planning and we’d love to know how you go! Happy travels!

Wonderful description. We are going in Jan 2024! Looking forward to it.

Hi Kishore Joshi, thank you so much for your feedback, we hope you’ve found it helpful! Wishing you a fantastic W Trek, it really is the most incredible place! Happy travels!

Hi! How much cash would we need, knowing that the bus and entrance are paid for and also full board meal plan at the refugios is booked? So for snacks, water or other costs etc? Do they accept USD or should we have it exchanged? Thanks!

PS, did you also really use ‘poop bags’ for your used toilet paper along the way? 😅

Thanks for your message. We carried both USD and Chilean pesos with us just in case, and we were able to use credit cards at the refuges. We paid for the shuttle from Laguna Amarga and the catamaran from Paine Grande in pesos, though we have read that the catamaran operators may take USD in high season. It’s handy to have pesos for smaller purchases like snacks. We carried a refillable bottle and filled up in streams and at the refugios, so we didn’t purchase water.

We have packed degradable doggy bags for carrying out toilet paper on past hikes! 🙂 On the W Trek though, we carried a loo roll and some trusty Ziploc bags, but we mostly just made strategic use of the campground facilities!

Happy trekking!

Hi John and Dan Thanks for such good info. Is it safe doing it self guided ? Thanks

Hey Iris, thanks so much for your message, we hope you found the post helpful. We found going self-guided very easy – the trails are well trodden and during the peak season, there are plenty of other people hiking too (guides are mandatory in winter). Plus all trekkers have to stay in the designated camping and accomm areas so there are others around and you can stay in dorms if you’re not keen on camping. Conditions can vary dramatically though and it is the great outdoors, so having appropriate gear is essential and hiking with friends is good idea though we hear lots of people do it solo. Everyone we met en route were friendly, encouraging and helpful too. We absolutely loved the hiking the W and hope you get to experience it too! Happy travels! Dan & John

This is really helpful thank you so much. Did you have much hiking experience before you took this on? Would you recommend any training prior to going? What size backpack would you recommend taking?

Thank you so much

Hi Jo, thanks for your kind words, we’re glad you found the post useful! We’re casual hikers and while we’d done a bit of hiking before the W, it was certainly one of the ‘biggest’ hikes we’d done. We definitely tried to up our walking/hiking game before the W in preparation and glad we did as we personally found some of the steeper, sustained-climbing parts of the trek relatively tough – we just took our time and had lots of breaks; necessary anyway to take in the gorgeous views! I carried a 30L daypack and John carried a 50L backpack – between us we carried everything we needed for the five day hike, but I would note that we didn’t have to carry tents, sleeping bags or mats as we hired these. We hope you have the chance to hike the W trek, it remains at the very top of our hiking list! Happy travels!

Thank you all for this awesome breakdown and information! We followed it exactly to book our accommodations and plan to do the trek end of March. Thanks again!

Hi Kristen, thanks so much for your feedback! We’re stoked you found our post helpful and we’re very excited for your upcoming trip. Torres del Paine is sooooo spectacular, wishing you a fantastic trek – let us know how you go! ~ Danielle & John

Thanks Dan for the great details and info.

Hi Kristen. I am doing the trek around of march with a friend. We are travelling from Perth, Australia. Would be great to collaborate in planning.

Thanks Bikash

Hello! This page is fantastic, thank you so much. We are looking at November and can be flexible in terms of dates. Did you book your accommodation first? Are there any other considerations i.e. tickets or entry to the park? Or should we just arrange accommodation and go from there? Do you mind sharing how much you paid approximately for your camping accommodation? No worries if not. Thanks 🙂 Amie

Hi Amie, many thanks! We booked our accommodation first and a couple of months in advance. Site availability ended up driving our approach to the trek – so it’s good that you have flexibility! Would definitely get in as early as possible to book. Tickets for the park itself are arranged at the park entry office, but you will need to have the accomm bookings in place (and evidence of them) when you get to that point. So it’s important to book the accommodation and bus tickets to the park in advance. Bus tix you can buy when you get to Puerto Natales, but try and do that as soon as you arrive rather than on the day you intend to travel to the park. Prices for camping and cabins may have changed since we trekked, but if you head to the accomm links in our post, you’ll be able to find out the current prices as it’s all bookable online. Hope that helps and have a fantastic trek! Cheers, Dan & John

Thank you for the detailed information. We are trekking this exact route this March 2020!

Hi Jackie, thanks for your message, we’re really happy you’ve found it helpful for planning. Hope you have a sensational trek!

Thank you so much for the detailed guide! This is really helpful 🙂

Hi Katherine, thanks for getting in touch! We’re really pleased you found the guide useful – happy hiking!

How did you book the campsite ? I unable to locate the source to book just the campsite

Hey Rajesh, thanks for the message.

The Camping areas are run by three different operators in the park, and you can find links to all three operators in our post.

All three operators’ websites have information about their camp sites, and how to book.

Hope this helps.

John & Dan

Exactly what I’m looking for, thanks! Chileno and Los Torres always been there on my bucket list, now I know where and how to start.

Awesome, thanks Rika, we’re really pleased you’ve found it helpful. It is the most spectacular walk – even if you just did the one leg to Las Torres, you’d have photography opps galore! Happy travels!

Leave a comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Chasing Chanelle

O Circuit & W Trek Reservations 2023/2024 – How To Book Torres Del Paine

Chasing Chanelle contains affiliate links and is a member of the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program. If you make a purchase using one of the links below, we may receive compensation at no extra cost to you. We only recommend products and services we use and trust. Read our disclaimer for more information.

Wondering how to make O Circuit and W Trek reservations for the 2023-2024 season? When I booked the O Circuit in Torres del Paine last season, it was not an easy process. But after completing my hike, I can say without a doubt that it was worth the hassle!

While I was hiking the O Circuit, I met a lot of other hikers who shared the same frustrations as me with the booking process.

Although I had persevered and managed to book everything myself, many of my fellow hikers did not. Instead, they used third party agencies to make their O Circuit and W Trek reservations, which was much more expensive than booking the hike themselves.

So, to make it as easy for you as possible, I have put together a complete guide on how to make O Circuit and W Trek reservations. Plus, I have included the tips and tricks I learned from my booking experience, to help you avoid making the same mistakes when booking Torres Del Paine.

About the O Circuit & W Trek

When it comes to Chilean Patagonia, Torres del Paine is the region’s most famous National Park, and with good reason! With its iconic three granite peaks, magnificent wildlife, bright blue lakes and enormous glaciers and icebergs, Torres del Paine is truly a hiker’s paradise.

This is a destination which should be on everyone’s bucket list. And the best way to see it is by completing one of the park’s popular multi-day hiking routes.

The most popular hike in the park is the W trek, which covers about 80 km (50 mi) over 3 to 5 days. It gets its name from the route forming a ‘W’ shape, taking you past some of the park’s most iconic sites.

A hiker sitting on some rocks looking at the three Torres del Paine peaks. To visit this lookout you must book Torres del Paine.

The other longer (and more challenging) route is the O Circuit. This circular route takes you on a loop through the back and front of the park, and includes the W Trek section.

Covering around 110 km (68 mi), the O Circuit is usually completed in 7 to 9 days. But the traditional and most popular itinerary takes 8 days and starts from the Laguna Amarga entrance. This is the route I did when I hiked the O Circuit.

Which Hike Is Right For You?

The W Trek and O Circuit are two of the best hikes in Chile and in the world. When it comes to experiencing Patagonia, you really can’t go wrong with either.

Whether you choose the W Trek or O Circuit will primarily be based on how much time you have, as well as your experience and fitness level.

The O Circuit Vs. The W Trek

The O Circuit is the longer of the two hikes. At 7-9 days, this is a significant time commitment. Plus, you need time to prepare and get to Torres del Paine. If this is too much to fit into your schedule, then the W Trek will be the better hike for you.

The O Circuit is also a more demanding hike. The hardest part is the section before joining up with the W Trek when you will hike over the John Gardner Pass. This is a long day and has a lot of elevation gain in a short space of time, making it quite physically challenging.

A hiker standing on a rock at the top John Gardner pass, with a huge glacier visible in the background, in Torres del Paine.

The other thing that makes the O Circuit more difficult is the length of it! 7-9 days is a long time, and your body will feel it. Having a good fitness level and previous experience doing multi-day hikes will make it a bit easier. So you should factor this in when deciding if the O Circuit is right for you.

No matter how experienced you are, you will still likely have a couple of days where you’re particularly tired on the O Circuit.

My Experience hiking the O Circuit

When I hiked the O Circuit, I ended up finding days 5 and 6 to be the hardest. My body was very tired by this point and this is the stage when I would normally have a rest day, or be finishing my hike. Although I pushed through and luckily I bounced back for the final two days!

Personally, if I were to hike in Torres del Paine again, I would once again choose to do the O Circuit. This is because I love a challenge. Plus, in my opinion, the best views are at the top section of the hike (in particular, John Gardner Pass). Plus it’s quieter and more remote than the W Trek.

So, if you’re up for the challenge and have the time, I would highly recommend giving the O Circuit a go.

But if you can only fit in the W Trek, don’t worry, you will also have an unforgettable time! You will get to see the key highlights of the park and enjoy a slightly more comfortable hike.

Several jagged mountain peaks which can be seen from the Mirador Britanico in Torres del Paine National Park.

O Circuit & W Trek Map & Routes

There are two different entry/exit points to Torres del Paine. Traditionally the O Circuit starts at Laguna Amarga, and goes anti-clockwise (this is the only direction you’re allowed to hike the O Circuit in). But some people choose to start at Paine Grande instead, working their way through the W Trek section first.

The W Trek can be hiked in either direction and is commonly started from either of the two entry/exit points.

On the below map, the section between the Grey Glacier and Refugio/Camping Las Torres is the W Trek section. As you can see, it forms a W shape, which is where the trek gets its name from. Whereas the O Circuit is the route which does a loop of the park and joins up with the W Trek.

Torres Del Paine Map

Accommodation Options – Campsites & Refugios

There are designated campsites and ‘refugios’ (shelters) where you can stay along the W and O Treks. (See them marked on the above map).

At each accommodation site, the campsites and refugios are adjacent to each other (or within a short walking distance). Upon arrival at the site, there is a park office where you will check-in and be directed to where you’re staying and the facilities available to you.

Although you probably have a preference for either camping or staying in the refugios, availability may dictate which one you end up booking. Plus, on the O Circuit, one of the sites (Los Perros) does not have a refugio. So you will have to camp at least once on this hike.

You are ONLY allowed to camp at the designated campsites on the O Circuit and W Trek. Wild camping is not permitted in Torres del Paine and you must have a camping reservation.

The campsites all offer a number of amenities and services, such as enclosed cooking and eating areas, washrooms and showers. Some campgrounds have specific tent pads, such as wooden platforms. Whereas others have a designated area, such as a field, where you can set up your tent anywhere you like.

All of the campsites have basic sites available (for you to set up your own tent , sleeping pad and sleeping bag ). Or there are also fully and partially equipped sites, if you prefer to rent camping equipment rather than bringing your own.

A campground with several colourful tents, which can be booked when making O Circuit or W Trek reservations.

Renting a fully or partially equipped site is a good option if you want to keep your pack weight down. In particular, if you’re only camping for one or two nights and staying in Refugios for the rest, it’s probably not worth carrying camping equipment.

Although make sure to carefully read the fine print when booking, to ensure you have booked all the equipment you will be needing at each site. I would also recommend bringing a sleeping bad liner for hygiene purposes, as the rented sleeping bags aren’t washed often (they can only air them out between uses).

The refugios are mountain lodges which offer dorm-style sleeping arrangements, similar to a hostel. There are between 4 and 8 bunk beds per dorm room and all beds are twin-sized.

If you book to stay in a refugio, keep in mind that you will be sharing a room with other hikers. And even if you are hiking with a group, there is no guarantee you will all end up in the same room. So you may still find yourself sharing with strangers.

When booking to stay in a dorm room, you will usually have to book the bedding in addition to the bed, for an additional fee. Most of the dorm beds don’t automatically come with bedding, and many hikers choose to bring their own sleeping bag instead.

Even if you do rent the bedding, I would still recommend bringing a sleeping bag as well. The dorm rooms aren’t heated, so to ensure you stay warm at night it’s best to have a sleeping bag you know will keep you warm, or which you can use in addition to the bedding.

Some small mountain huts with several mountain peaks in the background. These buildings are part of one of the refugios which must be booked when making O Circuit and W Trek reservations.

Note – There is no refugio option at the Los Perros site on the O Circuit. If hiking the O Circuit you will have to camp at this stop instead. However you can rent a fully equipped campsite to stay in, so you don’t have to bring your own equipment.

Private Sites

At some of the stops, you might also have an option to book a private room or campsite. Although this comes with a much heftier price tag (around US $200-300 per night). This can be a good option if you’re looking for a more luxurious experience, or if there are no other camping or refugio spots available.

Meals & Food

At each site there is a catered dining room (usually adjacent to the refugio) where hikers who have their meals included will be served dinner and breakfast. Plus, for those who are looking for a complete package, there is the option of booking full-board, which also includes packed lunches to take away each day.

To guarantee a meal, they should be booked in advance of your hike. Both campers and refugio guests are able to book meals.

There is also an option to buy additional basic food supplies and snacks along your hike. At each accommodation site there is a small shop (usually adjacent to the park office) which sells essential items. Most of the shops are quite well stocked with any emergency supplies or snacks you might need. But those along the W Trek section tend to have a larger selection.

However, if you’re planning to cook your own food on your Trek, you should bring everything you need with you. There is no guarantee that the shops will have the items you need, and the selection at some shops may be limited to snack foods like biscuits, chips and noodles.

The view of catamaran on a bright blue lake with snow capped mountain peaks in the background. To access this area you must book Torres del Paine.

Although we brought more than enough food with us, we did enjoy indulging in some additional cookies at camp each night which we picked up from the shop!

Finally, on the W Trek section of the hike, some of the accommodation sites also have bars where you can buy drinks and some basic meals or bar snacks.

➡️ READ MORE: The 13 BEST Hikes and Treks in Chile

Traditional Itinerary – Which Sites To Book

To make the most of your time in Torres del Paine, it’s best to stick to a traditional itinerary. However, if the availability isn’t in your favour, you may have to change your itinerary to accommodate what accommodation options are available.

When booking Torres del Paine, I recommend starting out with the traditional route, and adding or dropping a day as needed to make your hiking dates work if your preferred itinerary isn’t available.

W Trek Itinerary

The traditional W Trek itinerary will see you hiking east to west, or west to east, over 5 days.

If starting at the Laguna Amarga entrance, you will spend your first night at Las Torres (central) or Chileno and hike up to the famous Torres del Paine viewpoint and back.

On day two you will hike towards Francés or Cuernos for the second night. In the past, there was also an option to stay at Italiano , a free campground operated by CONAF. However it has been closed in recent years with no indication of when it might reopen.

Day three sees you hiking up to the Mirador Británico viewpoint, before heading back down and on to Paine Grande for the night.

On day four you will hike to Grey , and on your final day back to Paine Grande to finish your hike and exit the park.

If starting your hike at Paine Grande, your route will be the reverse.

W Trek – Traditional 5 Day Hike – East to West

O circuit itinerary.

The traditional O Circuit itinerary starts at the Laguna Amarga entrance and takes you clockwise through the park. (You can only hike the O Circuit in one direction).

You will spend your first night at Serón , second night at Dickson , third night at Los Perros (campsite only). Your fourth night will be at Grey , which is where you meet up with the W Trek. You will then continue on the traditional W Trek route from here, hiking west to east.

If you’re instead starting from Paine Grande, you would complete the W Trek section first, before carrying on to the top section of the O Circuit.

O Circuit – Traditional 8 Day Itinerary

O circuit & w trek reservations in 2023/2024.

There are a few different providers through which you can book Torres del Paine. In previous years, bookings could even be made last-minute in person. However, now, they must be made online in advance.

It is VERY important to make O Circuit and W Trek reservations as early as possible . Reservations fill up quickly, so you don’t want to risk waiting and missing out!

The booking process can be a little complicated since the different campgrounds/refugios are operated by three different companies: Vertice , Las Torres and CONAF . (Although the CONAF sites haven’t been operational in recent years, and when they are, they’re on a first come first served basis).

In 2022, a new online booking platform was also introduced called Booking Patagonia . And alternatively, there is the option of booking through a tour provider, to make things as easy as possible.

A hiker crossing a suspension bridge in Torrres del Paine National Park in Chile.

Different Companies To Book Through

Vertice operates the Dickson , Los Perros , Grey and Paine Grande campsites and refugios. You can book these directly on the Vertice Website booking page .

The Vertice website can be a little confusing to navigate. The English translation isn’t that accurate and the website doesn’t always work properly. This can be frustrating as it may not let you select the option you want. Therefore, you might have to try from different browsers, going incognito, or trying again later if it’s not letting you make your booking.

If you’re really having issues booking through Vertice, you can also contact them for assistance by sending them a message through their website.

On their booking page, when you click in to book your chosen hike, you will also have the option of booking additional accommodations before or after your hike at Puerto Natales. I would recommend skipping this and just booking the relevant campsites/refugios through Vertice. You will likely find better and cheaper accommodation options in Puerto Natales elsewhere.

➡️ Browse Accommodation Options in Puerto Natales

Las Torres operates the Las Torres (Central) , Serón , Francés , Los Cuernos and Chileno campsites and refugios. These sites can be booked directly through the new Las Torres booking system .

Here, you can input your dates and then choose from what accommodations are still available for each site. You will need to tailor the dates for each site when making your selection, to ensure you’re booking the correct dates for your itinerary.

The Las Torres booking page has been re-designed recently and is relatively user friendly. But as it is a new system, there may still be some quirks which need to be ironed out.

Booking Patagonia

Booking Patagonia is a new third party website which allows you to book everything in one place. On the Booking Patagonia website, under the Buy Now tab, click ‘Personalized’ or ‘Routes’ to make your O Circuit or W Trek reservations. Browsing the pre-configured routes under the ‘Routes’ option is the easiest way to book through Booking Patagonia. But, if none of the routes suit you, use the ‘Personalized’ option.

The benefits of using this platform is that you can book both the Vertice and Las Torres sites all in one place. You can also add on transport to and from the park, which is convenient to be able to book at the same time. Plus, the park entrance fee will automatically be added to your booking when reserving through Booking Patagonia.

Like Vertice, Booking Patagonia also lets you add on your accommodation in Puerto Natales before and after your hike. But to get better accommodation deals, I still suggest booking your Puerto Natales accommodation separately. So skip this step on Booking Patagonia and instead browse Puerto Natales accommodation options here .

As long as you’re booking Torres del Paine early enough, and all your preferred sites and dates are still available, using Booking Patagonia does make it much easier. However, there are some downsides.

Several red tents in a green field with snow capped mountains in the background. You can stay in one of these tents if you have O Circuit or W Trek reservations.

It’s slightly more expensive than going direct and there are additional T&Cs.

As they are a third party booking company, there is a 15% markup with Booking Patagonia. And they come with additional terms and conditions, on top of the Vertice and Las Torres T&Cs, which also still apply. This can make changing or cancelling a booking more confusing and expensive.

The availability on the Booking Patagonia website isn’t always completely accurate.

Even if Booking Patagonia says there is no availability left on your preferred dates, I still recommend checking the Vertice and Las Torres websites anyway, to be sure. You might be pleasantly surprised!

Finally, the Booking Patagonia website is not that user friendly.

When you input your start date and go through to select your sites for each specific date, if one site isn’t available you can’t just edit your dates and continue with your booking. You also can’t browse alternative available dates or see which dates ARE available. Instead you have to go back and start the whole process from scratch. This can make trying to find available dates a VERY time consuming exercise.

When I booked Torres del Paine in 2022 I initially used Booking Patagonia. It ended up taking me several hours of trying before I was able to book an itinerary which worked for us.

Admittedly, I was booking rather last minute, so availability was scarce. But these issues could be easily resolved to make the user experience much easier. Hopefully they will work on fixing this issue in the future.

Read More About My Experience Using Booking Patagonia

A mountain glacier carving a path through the mountain, melting into a blue-green glacial lake.

Booking a Tour

Another option is to book Torres del Paine as a tour package . This is the best way to make things as easy for yourself as possible (although it’s also more expensive than arranging everything yourself). These are self-guided tours, but they include everything.

The advantage of going through a tour company is that all the logistics are taken care of for you, and it’s all-inclusive. So you save a lot of time planning and you don’t need to worry about carrying your own food and camping equipment on your trek.

➡️ BOOK: Classic W Circuit – Torres del Paine

CONAF is the Chilean National Forest Corporation. In the past, they have operated two free campsites in Torres del Paine – El Paso , and Italiano . These sites had limited facilities and you could not book them in advance.

Both the El Paso and Italiano campsites have been closed for the past couple of years. There is no indication of them re-opening anytime soon. Even if they do open again, it’s best not to rely on them since you can’t book them in advance. So there’s always a chance you will arrive and they will already be full.

How To Make O Circuit & W Trek Reservations

Making O Circuit and W Trek Reservations can be a tricky task. With the exception of booking Torres del Paine as a tour package , all the booking platforms have some challenges.

If your preferred dates and sites are all available, then going through Booking Patagonia can be the simplest option. However, in my experience, if your first choice of dates aren’t available, it’s best to book directly with Vertice and Las Torres . You will likely be able to find suitable dates quicker this way. Plus it’s cheaper and easier if you need to make changes later.

A red mountain hut and several red tents in the background, at the Paine Grande campsite, which can be booked when making O Circuit or W Trek reservations.

Your first step is to determine your dates and plan your ideal itinerary . Then look on your chosen booking platform(s) to see if your preferred sites are available. If they are, don’t hesitate to book them! Bookings fill up quickly and you don’t want to risk waiting and missing out.

If your preferred dates or sites aren’t available you will need to start playing around with your dates to see what alternative options are available, and adapt your itinerary accordingly.

Booking through Vertice and Las Torres

If you choose to book with Vertice and Las Torres , you will have to make two separate bookings. The first booking through Vertice will be for Grey and Paine Grande (in the W Trek Section), and Dickson and Los Perros if doing the O Circuit. Your second booking will be through Las Torres for Francés or Cuernos and Las Torres/Central or Chileno (in the W Trek section), and Serón if doing the O Circuit.

Here is a breakdown of which sites belong to which operator:

Booking through Booking Patagonia

If you’re making O Circuit and W Trek reservations well in advance, and you want the ease of everything being in one place, then I would recommend trying Booking Patagonia .

If your preferred dates and sites appear to be available, you will have a smooth booking process with them and you will have all your accommodation, meals, transport and park entrance fees organized under the one reservation.

Going through Booking Patagonia only becomes challenging when some sites appear to be unavailable on your dates. In this case, you can spend a lot more time than necessary trying different dates and itineraries to find an option that works for you. And you may still end up with a less than ideal itinerary, or not being able to book your trek at all.

If you find yourself in this situation, I would suggest switching over to Vertice and Las Torres to make your O Circuit and W Trek reservations. And to avoid making the same mistakes I made, I also suggest reading my Review of Booking Patagonia .

Three hikers walking up a rocky mountain pass, with the sun shining down on a green valley below.

What Else Do You Need To Book To Visit Torres Del Paine?

Making O Circuit and W Trek reservations isn’t the only thing you have to think about when booking a visit to Torres del Paine. There are a range of other logistics you also need to organize and additional expenses to factor in:

Food / Meals

Full-board ranges from $80-100 USD per day and includes breakfast, dinner, and a packed lunch to take away. You can also bring all your own food and cooking equipment to cook in the campground. Or book some of the meals and bring your own food to cook for the rest.

A lot of people will book their breakfasts and dinners but bring their own snack foods to eat for lunch, rather than doing full-board.

The meals at the refugios can be added to your reservations through all the online booking platforms. If there’s availability, you should see an option to add them when you’re making your booking. It’s recommended to add these at the time when you make your O Circuit and W Trek reservations, to guarantee your meals.

Park Entrance Fee

This is a flat fee of $49 USD per person for 3+ days in Torres del Paine. This fee is automatically added to your booking through Booking Patagonia. But if booking through Vertice and Las Torres, you will need to pay your park entrance fee separately, which you can do here .

Transport to and From Torres del Paine

The most popular way of getting to Torres del Paine is by bus from Puerto Natales . This should also be booked in advance and costs $15 USD each way.

Accommodation Before and After Your Hike

Most people will stay in Puerto Natales for at least 1 night before and after their hike. There are plenty of accommodation options there including hostels, bed & breakfasts and hotels . You should expect to pay around $40 USD per night for a bed in a dorm room or $100 USD per night for a private room.

Hiking and Camping Equipment

If you don’t already own your own hiking and camping equipment you will need to buy or rent this before your hike. This can be an expensive investment but you can find some good deals on budget-friendly good quality hiking and camping equipment at stores like Decathlon and on Amazon .

Flights to Patagonia

On top of everything else, you also need to get to Patagonia, which you will most likely do by flying. Punta Arenas is the most common airport to fly to for Torres del Paine, but Puerto Natales also has a small airport. The best way I found to get to Chilean Patagonia was to first fly to Santiago , where we spent a few days, before flying down to Punta Arenas.

➡️ BOOK: Flights to Chilean Patagonia (Punta Arenas)

Getting to and from the trailheads

If starting at Laguna Amarga you will need to get a shuttle bus to the trailhead. Whereas at Paine Grande you will need to catch the catamaran from Pudeto. You can’t book either of these in advance. Instead, you will just have to wait in the queue and pay at the time, in cash. So make sure you are carrying enough local Chilean Pesos (CLP) with you.

The shuttle bus to and from the Languna Amarga trailhead costs $3.000 CLP ($5 USD) per person, each way. And the catamaran from Pudeto to Paine Grande costs $30,000 CLP ($40 USD) per person, each way. Sometimes during the peak season the catamaran will accept other currencies, like USD and Euros, but I wouldn’t recommend counting on this.

Book Your Accommodation in Puerto Natales

How much does the o circuit & w trek cost.

The O Circuit and W Trek are not cheap hikes to do. The rates to camp or stay in the refugios vary from site to site.

The cheapest camping options are at the Vertice campsites which start at $10-13 USD per person, per night. Whereas a basic campsite to pitch your own tent at the Las Torres campsites costs $56 USD for one person, or $60 for two people.

The prices for partially or fully equipped campsites, or to stay in the refugios cost a lot more. A fully equipped campsite (includes tent, sleeping pad and sleeping bag) costs between $220 to $288 USD for two people sharing. Whereas a bed without linen in a shared dorm room ranges from $43-$65 per person, and with sheets costs around $100.

The total you should plan to budget for the hike (including refugio/campsite bookings, park entrance fees and the bus to and from the park) is:

  • Around $250 USD for the W Trek, and $350 USD for the O Circuit (per person) if you’re planning to camp and bring your own food and equipment.
  • Upwards of $1,000 USD for the W Trek and $1,500 USD for the O Circuit (per person) if you’re looking to stay in the refugios or at fully-equipped campsites with full-board.

Note – You will need to factor in additional costs such as accommodation before and after your hike, flights, equipment and food.

The view looking up at the Devil's horns. You can see this on your hike if you book Torres del Paine.

Booking Torres del Paine FAQs

Do i need to book torres del paine in advance.

YES – Both O Circuit and W Trek reservations need to be made in advance! You are not allowed to start these hikes if you don’t have your accommodation/camping sites booked. You must also book Torres del Paine entry, by paying an entrance fee before entering the park.

When you check in before you start your hike you will have to show your booking confirmation and there are rangers stationed throughout the park who will also check your reservations. You are therefore required to keep a printed copy of your reservations with you, to show to the rangers along the way.

When do O Circuit and W Trek reservations open?

Reservations for the O Circuit and W Trek open in July for the upcoming hiking season, which runs from October to April. Reservations are now open for 2023-2024.

It’s recommended that you book Torres del Paine as soon as possible, before reservations fill up.

Which campsites do you need to book for the O Circuit and W Trek?

You must book every campsite or refugio you plan to stay at on your hike. The only exception to this in previous years has been the CONAF campsites. But these are currently closed with no reopening dates in sight.

Why Is It So Difficult To Book Torres Del Paine In 2023/2024?

Over the past couple of years, O Circuit and W Trek reservations have been booking up earlier and earlier. You used to be able to book Torres del Paine last-minute, once you were already in Patagonia. But with an increase in travel post-pandemic, and the growing popularity of outdoor activities like hiking, it is now more difficult to get a reservation.

There are actually also now fewer campsites available on the trails than before. The two CONAF campsites have been closed for 2 years, with no view of reopening. This means the other campsites and refugios are busier than ever.

Finally, with the move to online reservations, the new booking platforms can be quite confusing to use and there are still technical issues to iron out. But hopefully over the coming years improvements will be made and the sites will become more intuitive to use.

A turquoise blue lake in Torres del Paine National Park, surrounded by mountains and green forest.

Can I book the W Trek and O Circuit last minute?

You should always make O Circuit and W Trek reservations in advance. Booking last minute is not recommended as most refugios and campsites will book out early in the season.

Of course, there is a chance you will get lucky, as not every date is fully-booked and cancellations do occur. So if you don’t have a reservation already, I would recommend you still check to see if you can find something that suits your dates.

When I booked our hike last season, it was actually only a few weeks in advance. I ended up getting lucky and managing to book the traditional O Circuit route. Although this did take a lot of time and patience, as I had to try a lot of different options to find dates that worked.

Does Torres Del Paine sell out?

Yes, many dates for Torres del Paine do sell out, especially during the height of the summer season (December to February). Therefore, you should make your O Circuit or W Trek reservations as early as possible.

Is Torres del Paine open all year?

Yes, Torres del Paine National Park is open all year. However, the hiking season is only from October to April and the refugios and campsites are closed outside of this time. Therefore, you can only hike the O Circuit and W Trek between October and April. If you are hoping to visit outside of these times, you can instead book a day trip to Torres del Paine .

➡️ Browse All Torres del Paine Day Tours From Puerto Natales

What is the peak season for Torres del Paine?

The peak season to visit Torres del Paine is during the summer, from December to February.

What is the best month to visit Torres del Paine?

For the warmest weather and long days, December to February are the best months to visit Torres del Paine. However, this is also the windiest time of year in Patagonia, and the busiest time in the park.

As an alternative, September to November and March to April are excellent times to visit. These months still fall within the hiking season, but are a little quieter than at the height of summer. Plus, these are great times to see beautiful colours in the park. In the spring, you will see blossoming wildflowers, and in the fall, the changing colours of the fall foliage.

Several hikers with O Circuit or W Trek reservations, queuing for the catamaran from Paine Grande to Pudeto.

Is Torres del Paine busy?

Yes – Torres del Paine does get busy, especially during the height of the summer season. More than 250,000 people visit the park each year!

While many visitors to the park are just day visitors, the W Trek and O Circuit are also often fully booked. Although the limited spaces on both hikes do help to keep the number of people on the trails down. But the W Trek section can get very busy as it is the more popular of the two hikes and also attracts day visitors.

Where to start in Torres del Paine?

There are two entrances/exits to Torres del Paine, where you can start the W Trek and O Circuit from. The most popular entrance is Laguna Amarga. The other entrance is Paine Grande, which is accessible by getting a catamaran from Pudeto.

How many days do you need in Torres del Paine?

If you’re looking to hike the W Trek, you will need between 3 to 5 days in Torres del Paine. The traditional W Trek itinerary takes 5 days (4 nights). For the O Circuit you will need 7 to 9 days, with the traditional route taking 8 days (7 nights).

Alternatively, if you’re short on time you can visit Torres del Paine on a day tour . Or, visit for one or two nights and stay at a hotel in the park . In just a couple of days you can still take in breathtaking scenery and see some of the highlights of the park.

Can you do the W Trek and O Circuit without a guide?

Yes, you can do the W Trek and O Circuit on your own! You don’t need a guide as the trail is well maintained and marked. However, if you don’t have much experience hiking, then hiring a guide to accompany you could be a good idea.

A hiker who booked Torres del Paine, sitting next to a backpack overlooking the view of a green valley with a river flowing through the middle.

How difficult is the O Circuit and W Trek in Patagonia?

Both the O Circuit and W Trek are moderately difficult hikes. They aren’t exceptionally technical hikes, but the elevation gain and length of the hikes make them challenging in sections. The O Circuit is the more challenging of the two hikes because it is longer and requires you to hike over the John Gardner Pass.

What is the best trek for beginners in Torres del Paine?

If you’ve never hiked before then planning a day trip to Torres del Paine and doing a day hike will be the best option. Whereas, if you have some experience hiking and are up for the challenge, then I would recommend doing the W Trek. If you don’t have any previous experience doing multi-day hikes, I wouldn’t recommend the O Circuit.

Luckily, if you’re finding your hike too difficult you can always skip the sections which take you up to the Británico and Torres del Paine viewpoints. (Although it would be a shame to miss these, as they are the highlights of the park).

You can also book to stay in the refugios or at fully-equipped campsites and pay for full-board, to minimize how much you have to carry with you. Alternatively, you can also hire porters to help carry your belongings each day.

Can you see Torres del Paine without hiking?

Yes, you can still visit Torres del Paine National Park without hiking. However, you will miss out on seeing the highlights of the park if you aren’t able to hike and your visit might not be worth it. Therefore, at the very least I would recommend you prepare to do some day hiking when planning a visit to Torres del Paine.

What is the closest town to Torres del Paine?

The closest town to Torres del Paine is Puerto Natales. It’s about a 2.5 hour drive along semi-paved roads. This is where most people stay before and after their visits to Torres del Paine, and is where most tours to Torres del Paine depart from.

When flying to Chilean Patagonia to visit Torres del Paine, you should fly either to Punta Arenas , or to Puerto Natales . Although it’s further away from the Park, Punta Arenas has a larger airport and is where most people fly into.

A bay in a green-grey glacial lake full of small blue icebergs on the O Circuit. To see this view you must book Torres del Paine.

O Circuit & W Trek Reservations – Final Thoughts

My final take aways on how to make O Circuit and W Trek reservations is to book early, be as flexible with your dates as possible, and be patient with the different booking platforms.

Booking treks in Torres del Paine is probably a bit more complicated than other hikes you’ve booked in the past. But going through the hassle of making O Circuit and W Trek reservations is definitely worth it! Both these hikes are bucket-list worthy experiences with some of the most breathtaking and memorable views you will ever see.

Happy hiking!

Booking Patagonia Review & How To Use The New Platform

Hikes in Chile – 13 Amazing Hikes & Treks For Your Bucket List

Is Patagonia Worth Visiting? 15 Best Reasons to Visit

13 Best Santiago Chile Day Tours: The Complete Guide

11 Best Santiago Chile Wine Tours & Everything You Need To Know

Is Santiago Chile Worth Visiting? 13 Reasons To Visit

' src=

Chanelle is the founder and author of Chasing Chanelle, a blog that aims to help travellers and expats navigate new destinations and take on more outdoor adventures. She has lived in Canada, Europe, the UK, Australia, and South America, which has given her a local’s perspective of the places she writes about. She is also an avid hiker, camper, runner, paddler, skier, and snowboarder, and is passionate about sharing her hobbies with others through her blog.

mountain iq logo

  • Best Hikes In The World
  • Appalachian Trail
  • European Hikes
  • Nepal Hikes
  • Patagonia Hikes
  • See All Hikes
  • Mount Kenya
  • Mount Kilimanjaro
  • Mount Toubkal
  • See All Mountains
  • South Africa
  • New Zealand
  • Switzerland
  • United Kingdom
  • Packing Lists

W Trek Patagonia – Guide To The Most Popular Hike In Torres Del Paine

Page Template

Chile , Hikes , Patagonia , South & Central America

Torres Del Paine. Patagonia Base Torres Viewpoint

The Torres Del Paine W Trek in Patagonia is a 5-day, 100km adventure that brings you to some of the best features of Torres Del Paine. Visit Grey Glacier, the base of the Towers, the French Valley, and much more on this epic trek.

In this comprehensive guide, I'll go through everything you need to know about planning for and hiking this trail. I’ve also thrown in some up-to-date tips and links for booking campsites in Torres Del Paine.

Get ready to embark on the trail of a lifetime!

Why Hike The Patagonia W Trek?

See the highlights of torres del paine.

One of the main reasons why the W Trek in Patagonia is so popular is the stunning scenery that hikers encounter along the way. The route takes visitors past the park’s most popular features. See the granite spires of Torres del Paine, the turquoise waters of Grey Lake, and the vast glaciers that dominate the landscape.

An Accessible Trail If You Have Limited Time

Another reason why the W Trek in Patagonia is so popular is its accessibility. Unlike many other remote treks in Patagonia, the W Trek is relatively easy to reach and can be completed in a week or less. This is great if your Patagonian backpacking trip has a time limit.

Additionally, the W Trek offers several options for accommodations, from camping to refugios (mountain huts), making it accessible to a wide range of budgets and experience levels.

W Trek Patagonia- Know Before You Go

W trek in patagonia- location.

The Torres Del Paine W Trek is situated in Chile near the southern tip of South America. The park itself is located 112 km north of Puerto Natales and 312 km north of Punta Arenas.

w trek patagonia booking

When is the best time to trek the W Hike Patagonia?

To highlight the pros and cons of each season, we have written a brief description of each below.

It’s worth also reading our articles on the best time to trek in Patagonia and, more specifically, when to hike in Torres Del Paine .

Spring - September to November

This is the perfect time of year to visit the park if you're wanting to experience warm, clear weather but without the huge crowds. Although not as warm as the summer months, the skies are often clear and you will get incredible views across the park. This is also the best season to see flowering flora in the region and witness the breeding season for wildlife.

Summer - December to March

This is the high season at Torres del Paine national park . Although the trails in Torres Del Paine are at their busiest, the weather is at its warmest. You'll get the maximum amount of clear days on your trek at this time of year. If you're the active type, then summer is also the period when you can horse ride, kayak, and mountain bike alongside your trek!

Fall - March to June

My favorite season without a doubt. The landscape becomes ablaze with color as the trails start to empty out and days become colder. The wind is often ferocious, but the spectacularly beautiful views are worth it!

Winter - June to August

Between May- September, self-guided hiking is not permitted in Torres Del Paine. Over this period, you can only hike Patagonia W Trek with a guide.

The major benefit of this season is that it is the quietest. There will be very few other visitors and you'll have many of the trails to yourself. This is the coldest period though and you will certainly experience cold nights and high, cold winds.

Torres Del Paine, Patagonia, Argentina

Torres Del Paine National Park

How Difficult Is Patagonia’s W Trek?

The Torres Del Paine W Trek is considered to be an easy multi-day trek as the elevation remains fairly steady throughout the hike. There is also the added benefit that the trek can be done over a longer or shorter period depending on your fitness levels.

Although regarded as easy, the trek still requires a solid level of fitness as you will be trekking a total of 100km/ 62 miles. This is 10-20km per day depending how many nights you camp out.

Hikers generally stay at the same elevation and certainly never go high enough for altitude sickness to become an issue.

The trails are well-defined and you’ll find signposts dotted along the trails at regular intervals. Water is available at all campsites, as is food. Ranger stations are dotted along the trail and you’ll most likely be among other trekkers (depending on when you trek).

Be careful though, storms are frequent in Patagonia and the wind can get extremely cold and strong. Always check weather forecasts before your day of trekking as the John Gardner Pass is often closed due to high winds.

Are Permits Required for The W Trek in Patagonia?

Yes, a permit is needed to enter the park. Permits cost $49 for more than three days. You need to book tickets online at least 24hrs before you visit.

You can print the permit or show it to officials on your phone. The park officials will need to see proof that you have booked your camping ground accommodation in advance.

Accommodation And Food On The W-Hike Patagonia

There are 11 campsites in the park which are run by three different companies. Currently, you can book campsites through Vertice Patagonia and Las Torres . Campsites cost between $10-$25 (Site only). Both companies also have the option to rent camping gear.

As well as tents, there is also options to stay in dormitories, cabins, and refugios. You can book these with the same companies mentioned above. I suggest using only one company to book your entire trek, for simplicity's sake.

Hotel Torres Del Paine, Patagonia

Hotel In Torres Del Paine National Park

At the camps, you will find bathrooms, shops, and even small restaurants. You may need to pre-order your meal so check beforehand.

Note: As of 2022/2023, the free CONAF campsites (El Paso and Italiano) are not available. It is unclear when and if these will re-open. It’s better to budget in paying for all your sites. If this has changed, please drop us a comment.

How Far In Advance Should You Book The W Trek, Patagonia?

Torres Del Paine treks are not something you can decide to do last minute. I’ve seen a friend break a sweat over finding campsites when she already had flights to Punta Arenas booked. This was a whole three months before her hike in November! To be safe, I’d say you should plan and book your trip at least six months in advance. Maybe even more if you plan on hiking the W Trek in the peak season (December-March)

Since 2016, the amount of people who can hike the W Trail is 80 persons per day. Visitors must reserve a place if trekking solo without an operator and you’ll need to take the trail in a counterclockwise direction.

How Do You Get To Torres Del Paine And The Start Of Patagonias W Trek?

Visitors can fly into Punta Arenas, Chile, or El Calafate, Argentina. From either of these towns. You can then take a bus to Puerto Natales.

The bus ride from Punta Arenas to Puerto Natales takes three hours and costs between $20-$30 dollars.

Buses between El Calafate and Puerto Natales are quite a bit longer (around 5 hours). Tickets cost between $30-$40.

Puerto Natalensis, Patagonia

Its good to spend at least one night before the W Trek resting and exploring Puerto Natelensis

Daily buses run between the town of Puerto Natales to the entrance of Torres Del Paine. This ride will set you back $15-$15. If you have a higher budget, you could arrange a private transfer to the park and organize for the driver to pick you up after your trek.

How much does the W Trek Patagonia Cost?

The cost of a Torres Del Paine W Trek varies depending on when you book flights and when you trek (out-of-season tends to be a little cheaper). If you go with a trekking agency, local companies will be much cheaper than booking through an American or European operator. Trekking independently in Patagonia is always the most budget-friendly choice.

  • Tour Agency: ~$500 for a cheap local agency to ~$2,000 for a pricey Western trekking agency
  • Visa, Vaccinations, Insurance etc:~$300-$500
  • Equipment (buying and hiring):~$500-$800 – camping gear can be rented at the park entrance for $200.
  • Return flights to Punta Arenas: ~$1,500
  • Tips: ~$10-20
  • Misc (additional food, unplanned travel/hotels, etc): $50

Total costs with tour agency: $2,000 – $4,000 It is possible to plan an independent W trek for less than $300. This price includes food, park entrance, and camping (assuming you have your own equipment). Food can be purchased from refugios throughout the park, however, it is very expensive.

You may also like : Guide to Fitz Roy hikes

Hiking The W Trek Patagonia - Route Guide

The most popular trek in Patagonia , the Torres Del Paine W Trek is fast becoming one of the most well-respected short hikes in the world due to the trail's stunning scenery.

Guanaco in Torres Del Paine, Patagonia

Guanaco in Torres Del Paine

Located in the amazing Torres del Paine National Park which was made a World Biosphere Reserve by UNESCO in 1978. The 100km trek generally takes around 5 days to complete. It takes visitors into the very heart of the park, through haunting forests, soaring mountains, and colossal glaciers.

Where does the W Hike Patagonia Start And End?

The trek begins with a lovely boat ride near the Grey Glacier and finishes with a magical sunrise at the famous Torres on the final morning. There is the option to do the longer full circuit O trek , however, most travelers opt for the shorter W Trek.

Patagonia W Trek - Day By Day Trail Information

Below is a standard, 5-day itinerary outline for your Torres Del Paine W Trek. This can vary depending on fitness levels, available camps, and routes. It should at least provide a good idea of what to expect. This is especially useful if you are trekking Patagonia independently .

Day 1: Puerto Natales to Refugio Grey (11km)

Grey Lake, Torres Del Paine, Hiking Patagonia

Grey Lake with Grey Glacier in the background, the start of the W Trek

Leave early from the town of Puerto Natales. Buses depart at 7:15, if you go with a tour or taxi, you will probably leave earlier.

Take your transportation Pudeto. This is the next stop after the park entrance.

If you have time, visit the local waterfall and take some pictures. You then take a lovely boat ride by catamaran to Paine Grande. After arriving you begin your trek in earnest with a 3-4 hour (uphill) hike along Lago Grey to Refugio Grey where you camp the night. If you have some energy after dinner, head down to the lake and feel the cold water!

Day 2: Grey Glacier to Paine Grande (19km)

Today you’ll be up early – around 8 am – to hike up to the former campsite of Paso. From the campsite, you take a small path to the lookout platform where you get stunning views across Grey Glacier.

After spending a little time appreciating the glacier, you have the option to continue the hike to Paso.

This is an uphill trek and will add extra mileage to your day. However, I’d recommend it as the trail is absolutely beautiful and gives incredible views all the way along the glacier.

After visiting Paso, return along the trail back down to where you camped the previous night.

After lunch, it is a 3-4 hour hike down to your next campsite at Paine Grande. If you can, find a campsite next to the hill so you’re not battered by the strong winds overnight.

Pehoe Lake, Torres Del Paine National Park, Chile

Refugio Paine Grande lies at the other side of Laguna Pehoe

Day 3: Valle del Frances to Los Cuernos (28km)

Today is a long one! Mentally prepare yourself for a full day of hiking. You begin your trek around 8am and hike for several hours until you reach camp.

At the camp, you should dump your large backpack at Campamento Italiano and head on up to Mirador Frances with your daypack. Take your lunch with you along with water and sunscreen.

The walk takes 2-3 hours and you should reach the Mirador around lunchtime.

After stopping to eat and explore the area, you’ll head back down to Campamento Italiano and retrieve your large backpack.

From there you head to your next campsite at Los Cuernos. This is roughly 2 hours walk away.

Day 4: Los Cuernos to Campamento Torres (20km)

This is the last full day of hiking on the circuit. After a leisurely breakfast, you should head off around 9 am towards Campamento Chileno.

Your trek begins on flat ground as you make your way along the Lago Nordernskjöld. After a few hours, you’ll come to a sign saying “shortcut to Chileno”.

Take the shortcut and walk for several hours until you reach the Refugio Chileno. Have lunch here before continuing on.

After lunch, you will walk uphill for an hour or so until you reach Campamento Torres. Leave your large backpacks here and head upwards for 45 minutes until you reach the Torres! Take a well-deserved break and soak in this iconic view.

Base Torres Viewpoint, Torres Del Paine, Hiking Patagonia

A steep climb up is rewarded with this view of the Iconic Las Torres granite spires

Back at the Refugio, make sure you hit the sack early. You’ll need to be up before sunrise the following day!

Day 5: Torres to Puerto Natales (10-15km)

Don’t sleep in on Day 5! You’ll want to rise early (around 5 am) to get the sunrise views at the mirador of the Towers. Sunrise happens around 6 am in summer and there is just a short walk to the viewing and picnic area. If you’re lucky with the weather, you’ll get an incredible view and witness one of the most beautiful sunrises on our planet! If it’s raining in camp, do not give up – the weather is frequently very different up near the viewing area and the weather can clear fast. It’s worth taking a chance. After your sunrise moment, head back down to camp and pack up all your gear. From camp, you will head down to the Hotel Las Torres. This walk takes roughly 3 hours. From the trail’s end, you can walk to the park entrance. The 7km/ 4.3 miles will take you around 1.5 - 2hrs. At this point, you will be exhausted and may prefer to take the 2 pm minibus to Laguna Amarga at the entrance. Its worth budgeting an extra $10 for this bus fee. The return bus to Puerto Natales leaves at 2:30 pm from the park entrance. Double-check bus times before you set off.

W Trek Patagonia Map 

The best map I've found for the Torres Del Paine W Trek is the Torres del Paine Waterproof Trekking Map  by Sergio Zagier. The map provides compressive satellite relief, contour lines, shelters, timed trails, camping, and inns.

Other W Trek FAQs

Is altitude sickness a risk on the w trek.

There is essentially zero risk of altitude sickness on the Torres Del Paine Full W Trek. The highest point reached is under 700 meters which is far too low to bring on altitude sickness. See our guide on altitude sickness .

What W Trek guidebook do you recommend? 

The one guidebook that stands above all others is Trekking Torres del Paine: Chile’s Premier National Park and Argentina’s Los Glaciares National Park by Rudolf Abraham. The guidebook covers eight major trails within the park including the Full Circuit and the ‘W’ Trek. Maps, tips, and detailed information is provided for each trek and the book is a must for trekkers hiking solo.

What gear do you need for the W hike?

Trekking the W requires a certain amount of essential pieces of trekking clothing and equipment.

Many pieces of equipment including tents, sleeping bags, and mats, can be rented at the campsites. However, rental prices are high. We recommend bringing the most important pieces of gear with you.

To help you plan and prepare for your trek we have written a detailed hiking gear list .

Author Image

About the author 

Alison Macallister

With a degree in Nature Conservation and experience working with wildlife including the Big 5, Alison used to work as a guide for a 5-star safari reserve in South Africa. Today she is a full time traveller and editor for Mountain IQ. She has travelled and hiked extensively in South America, including many solo hikes in Patagonia, the Cusco region of Peru, Ecuador and Chile.

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked

We work with local guides to offer great value adventures at unbeatable prices

w trek patagonia booking

The W Trek (or W Circuit) is a world famous multi-day trek! it explores Patagonia wonders: Paine Towers, Paine Horns, The French Valley and the mighty Grey Glacier.

The w trek is on a true hiker’s bucket list.

Trip Duration: 5 days

Start and Finish Point: Puerto Natales

Difficulty: Medium Fitness level

Optional add-ons: Kayak, Ice Hike or a boat trip to Grey Glacier!

w trek patagonia booking

Day 0  / Puerto Natales

This trip starts in Puerto Natales, Patagonia, Chile.

Briefing at Hello Patagonia’s Office . It would be great to meet you and above all, solve all the questions you may have, so you can enjoy one of the world’s most famous hikes: The W trek!

Day 1  /  Base of the Paine Towers  / Torres del Paine National Park

Trek: 7 hrs round trip, 19 km (700m altitude gain)

PRIVATE transportation to  Torres del Paine National Park (2,5 hrs) – We want you to be the first on the trail to avoid the crowds!

Round trip hike to the Paine Towers Lookout! certainly, a unique view.

Highlights: Wildlife, Almirante Nieto Mountain, Paine Towers.

Accommodation: Refugio or Camping options available (*camping gear included)

(lunch box and dinner included) Torres del Paine entrance tickets included

Day 2  /  Los Cuernos Pass / Torres del Paine National Park

Trek: 3,5 to 4 hours, (11 km)

One way hike from Las Torres Refuge to Los Cuernos Refuge.

Highlights:  Paine Horns, Almirante Nieto, Nordenskjöld Lake.

Accommodation: Refugio or Camping options available *camping gear included)

(Breakfast, lunch box and dinner included)

Day 3  / French Valley / Torres del Paine National Park

Trek: 9 to 10 hours, 18,8 km * The time and distance will depend on the lookout you choose.

One way hike to the Beautiful French Valley. You can choose the difficulty of the day depending on how far you want to get. continue to Paine Grande Refuge.

Highlights: Pehoe Lake, Paine Horns, French Valley, Paine Grande Mountain, French Glacier.

Day 4  / Grey Glacier / Torres del Paine National Park

Trek: 3,5 to 4 hrs, 11 km

One way hike from Paine Grande Refuge to Grey Refuge with incredible views of the magnificent Grey Glacier.

Highlights: Grey Glacier, Icebergs, Olguin Range

Day 5  – Pehoe Lake Catamaran – Puerto Natales

One way hike from Grey Refuge to Paine Grande Refuge to catch the Catamarán to Pudeto dock.

PRIVATE transportation back to Puerto Natales.

Highlights : Grey Glacier, Grey Lake’s icebergs

(Breakfast and lunch box included) Catamaran tickets included

What's Included

  • Pre-trip support & logistics, full itinerary according to your flexible dates
  • Torres del Paine entrance tickets and Catamaran tickets
  • Accommodation: Camping with gear included (tent, sleeping bag, inflatable mattress) or Refugio options.
  • Private Transportation on the way in and bus on the way out (optional private transportation RT)
  • Travel Guide Book (PDF document) with: The best local tips for your itinerary, what to bring and what to wear recommendations, map details, cool info of the area & emergency contacts.
  • On Site Briefing We will meet with you when you come to Patagonia before your trip to solve all your questions!
  • Luggage storage We can keep your luggage safe at our office while you trek!

W circuit map trek torres del paine hello patagonia

We have backpacking experience and didn’t need a guide for the W trek, So, Hello Patagonia gave us the flexibility to do the trip we wanted but took care of all the details. We ended up staying in platform tents and refugios, as a result, had an unforgettable experience. It was cost efficient and money very well spent. Lynn & Elise (USA) February 2018

Want prices and more details for this trip?

You can add an Ice Hike on Grey Glacier or an amazing kayak tour to your W circuit! Contact us so we can send you for more info.

kayak among icebergs grey lake torres del paine

Make sure your W trek unique!

There’s amazing add-ons you can include to customize this trip: kayak, ice hike, grey glacier boat trips or an amazing intro full day with a local english-speaking guide, contact us so we can send you more info and prices., how to get there, where to stay, what else can i do.

Check our Patagonia info section for valuable information!

More  Trips:

W BaseCamp (5 days)

W BaseCamp (5 days)

W BaseCamp (4 days)

W BaseCamp (4 days)

Paine O Circuit (8 or 9 days)

Paine O Circuit (8 or 9 days)

W Trek (5 days)

W Trek (5 days)

Extended W Trek (6 days)

Extended W Trek (6 days)

W BaseCamp (4 days)

English

Destinations

Trekking type, torres del paine w trek patagonia - map, refugios, itinerary and more, by sierd van der bij.

Torres del Paine W Trek Patagonia - Map, Refugios, Itinerary and More!

The W Trek in Torres del Paine is by far the most famous trek in Patagonia. The W stands for the shape of the route if you look at it from a bird’s eye perspective. There are many options if you want to conquer this massif. Although the W trek is the shortest, it includes the most beautiful highlights of the Torres del Paine National Park. In this blogpost, we will tell you all that you need to know about the refugios on the W-trek, the map, the itinerary, and more!

Do I hire a guide or do I go on my own when trekking in Torres del Paine?

W-trek in patagonia, map, what is the best season to do the w-trek in torres del paine, what are the accommodation options during the w trek in torres del paine, refugios on the w trek in torres del paine: what are they like, how much does doing the w trek in patagonia, what does a w trek itinerary look like, packing list for the w-trek, how do i get to torres del paine for my w trek, how fit do i need to be for the w-trek in torres del paine, chile, safety tips for the w-trek, where can i book the w-trek.

The W trek is not that long, which is why some trekkers choose to do it in 3 days. Nevertheless, we recommend taking it a little bit slower so as to make the most out of every site. With the most varied and colorful landscapes, this trek is guaranteed to leave you speechless. Along the way you will find hanging glaciers, waterfalls, rivers, lakes, and granite peaks. The red color given by the lengas in autumn and winter provide you with a dreamlike scenery.

The first thing to know about this trek is that you can either do it on your own or you can hire a guide. Is it dangerous to go on my own? Not at all. The trails of the W Trek in Torres del Paine are very well marked and you will most probably find other trekkers on your way, so you won't be completely alone. Getting lost in Torres del Paine is highly unlikely. The good thing about booking a self-guided trek with a trekking company is that all the logistics get sorted out for you: the accommodation, the transport and the meals are arranged by our partners.

Now, although you can do it by yourself, hiring a guide is always a good idea. As we said before, the trek is completely safe, but a guide will always be able to add that little extra touch to the whole experience. The guides in Torres del Paine National Park will be able to share with you all the knowledge they have about the flora and fauna of the region and maybe show you some of the hidden gems that only those familiar with the park get to enjoy. In the end, it is up to you. Either way, you will love the W trek!

Self Guided W-Trek (Camping)

Self Guided W-Trek (Camping)

Guided W-Trek

Guided W-Trek

The W-Trek is a popular hiking route in the Torres del Paine National Park in Chilean Patagonia. It's called the "W-Trek" because of the shape the route makes as it winds through the park - it looks like the letter "W" when drawn on a map.

The trek takes you to some of the park's most iconic sights including the stunning granite towers that give Torres del Paine its name, the beautiful French Valley, and the Grey Glacier. It's one of the most famous hiking routes in the world, and is renowned for its dramatic landscapes and diverse wildlife.

Not sure yet or want to discuss your plans for the W-Trek with one of our trekking experts? Get in touch today and turn your dreams into memories!

You want nice weather when trekking in Torres del Paine National Park. At the park is situated in the Southern Hemisphere, one has to be mindful of the seasons there. When it is winter in the Northern Hemisphere, it is actually summer in the deep South. Hence, the best trekking season for Torres del Paine National Park is during the summer months: From November to early March. However, Spring (September-November) are and Autumn (March-May) are also favorable trekking and hiking seasons, as the crowds are fewer and the natural scenery is colorful. Think fresh colors in Spring and stunning brown colors in the Fall months. Winter lasts from June to August and it is then that Torres del Paine National Park and the rest of Patagonia is quiet. At this time of the year, most attractions are closed for maintenance. Regardless of your choice in trekking season, make sure you bring enough layers for during your hike.

What is the best season to do the W-trek in Torres del Paine?

Accommodation in Torres del Paine will not be a luxury show, but at least you will have a roof over your head while resting your legs from the W trek. Refugios are mountain lodges and can be found scattered all over the National Park. Our trekking providers are making use of these Refugios but it is also possible to stay in a tent on a campsite, or in one of the domes of an EcoCamp that you can find in the park. Regardless of where you stay, your accommodation fulfills all the basic needs for getting a blissful rest during your trek through Torres del Paine.

The "Refugios" are mountain lodges scattered all over the Torres del Paine National Park. When you have done your hiking and trekking for the day, you are most likely to stay in one of these Refugios. Refugios come with comfortable dorm-style rooms that are best compared to a standard you can find at neat backpacker hostels around the world. Think mountain huts with all the comfort you need. A great advantage of using Refugios is that you can limit the amount of equipment that you bring along. On top of that, you have a roof over your head, you are likely to meet more people and you can enjoy nourishing meals. If you prefer to camp, you can still use Refugios. They often come with space where you can pitch a tent.

It is very important to highlight that the accommodation in the refugios is limited and they can be fully booked weeks or even months in advance. If you want to spend your nights at the refugios, make sure you book your trek in advance. If any of the refugios is full, the alternative will be to spend the night camping.

Hiking in Torres del Paine can be a costly matter, but there are most definitely affordable ways of doing it. The prices of the W trek can go from USD 1250/ EUR 1100 and up to more than USD 3000/ EUR 2700. The more support you receive, the more you will be paying for your trek. After all, the guide that shows you the way and tells you about all the highlights along the way, needs to be paid a fair salary. When comparing a guided to a self-guided trek, one can see that it can make a difference of almost 1000 USD. It is, however, good to note that not all the trekking costs lie in enjoying the skills of a guide or not. A typical W Trek includes food and accommodation in the form of Mountain Lodges, known as Refugios. The entrance fees to Torres del Paine National Park and all transportation needed are also included in the total trekking price. There are many alternatives for the W Trek, with different accommodation options, number of days, and prices.

How much does doing the W trek in Patagonia?

The W trek in Torres del Paine is pretty much the same for every trekking company since there is only one route. What does change is the number of days you spend on the trails and which highlights you get to see. The W trek is most commonly completed in 5 days, which gives you enough time to see all the main attractions along the way.

Transfer to Torres del Paine – Round trip hike to Las Torres lookout point

Starting from Puerto Natales at 7:00 AM, we drive all the way to Torres del Paine National Park. We will drive through open pampas and huge ranches (estancias), and chances are we will be able to observe one of the most typical animals in this area, the ñandu, (rare South American ostrich). We will follow an unpaved road heading to Refugio Las Torres to spend our first night. Upon entering the park we will have excellent photographic and birding opportunities as we drive alongside lagoons frequented by Chilean flamencos and black-necked swans. After leaving your backpack at the Refugio, we start the trek to the base of the Towers, following the Ascencio River to enter the Ascencio Valley. The walk will be uphill for one hour before stopping to observe the first glimpses of the valley surrounded by unbelievable beech forests, glaciers and waterfalls. We’ll continue through the valley for another hour and a half before ascending a huge terminal moraine to a lookout (900 M), excellent for picture taking. This amazing view will be accompanied by lunch to add to the enjoyment. After being awed by the towers we’ll start the descent, following the same path back to the hut. Dinner will be served in the Refugio.

Refugio Torres Central

Refugio Torres Central

One way hike to Los Cuernos lookout point

We will start early morning to enjoy, weather permitting, a magnificent dawn filled with orange-pink colors. As we leave the campground we will arrive at Inge lagoon. Chances are, on this path, we may see the flight of an Andean condor or eagles hunting hares or small rodents. We follow a well mark trail ascending around (200 M) from the base of Almirante Nieto Mountain (2750 M), crossing the Bader River to arrive at Refugio Los Cuernos where we will stay overnight.

Refugio Los Cuernos

Refugio Los Cuernos

One-way hike to Pehoe Lake, via the French Valley

We will start our day with a 2-hour walk going to an undulating path until reaching the French River for our first glimpses of the hanging glacier. Then we will ascend (300 M) for one hour through a surreal Japanese garden landscape, crossing beech forests, to reach the French valley viewpoint gifting us with a magnificent view of both mountains and lakes. We will lunch here with good possibilities of seeing avalanches from the hanging glacier or simply observe the west side of the Cuernos (2600 M), Espada (2400 M) and Fortaleza (2800 M). Our way back will be the same until we reach the entrance of the valley where we will continue on a different path around the South-West side of Paine Grande, the highest peak in the Park, through native forests of Chilean fire bush and evergreen beech (Nothofagus Bethuloides), up to the shore of the Pehoe Lake.

Refugio Paine Grande

Refugio Paine Grande

One-way hike to Grey Glacier

We will begin the early morning with our hike to the Grey Glacier. Initially ascending 200mts up a winding narrow path leading us to Laguna Negra, a place where we will observe the first glimpses of the South Patagonia Ice Field with its many unclimbed mountains. We will advance through forests and rivers, with possible sightings of spectacle and flying steamer ducks, up to the glacier viewpoint. We will have lunch at this place to see, if we are lucky enough, ice calving from the huge glacier wall.

Refugio Grey

Refugio Grey

One-way hike to Catamaran – Transfer back to Puerto Natales

Your trekking adventure will begin in Puerto Natales, where your trekking company will drive you to the Torres del Paine National Park's entrance. As your trekking starts early in the morning you need to get to Puerto Natales one day before the start of your trek. You need to fly on Puntus Arenas (Airport code: PUQ). From there you can take the bus to Puerto Natales. It’s advisable to arrange this upfront. We recommend either Bus-Sur or Buses Fernandez . These are the departure times:

Punta Arenas – Puerto Natales

8:00, 9:00, 11:00, 13:00, 14:30, 16:00, 17:00, 18:30, 19:15, 20:00, 21:00

Puerto Natales – Punta Arenas

7:00, 7:15, 9:00, 11:00, 13:00, 14:30, 17:00, 18:30, 19:15, 20:00, 21:00

Do you make it to your destinations as planned? Often this depends on the unpredictable weather in the mountains. However, it can also depend on your own physical condition.

Do you like walking, have you done trekking at an altitude more often and do you sport twice a week on average? With a little extra training, you’ll soon be ready for the beautiful W trek.

Is this the first time that you are trekking in the mountains? Make sure you are well prepared. This is important for your safety, but also for that of your team. Make sure you start six months in advance with an hour’s walk twice a week.

Although this is far from being a trek in the Himalayas, unexpected things can always happen and you might also find obstacles on the hiking trails along the way. The W-Trek is safe, the trails are quite straight forward and there is not an extreme difference in altitude. However, for your safety, every hike deserves a level of respect; respect for the terrain, the trails, wildlife and vegetation, local rules and regulations, and above all, your physical capabilities and safety. Therefore, for an unforgettable and safe hiking memory, please keep the following safety recommendations in mind:

Know your limits

Always prepare each stage carefully to use your energy wisely, respect your physical and mental limitations, and avoid taking unnecessary risks. When ascending or descending, if applicable, always use the aids provided, such as handrails and ropes. Is this trek suitable for you? Well, familiarize yourself with the grading system and figure out if this trek matches your capabilities. If you still need professional advice you can always contact Bookatrekking.com experts .

Stay on marked trails

The most important thing is to never leave the marked paths. For easy navigation we work with our trusted partner Komoot, whose interactive maps, also available offline, provide you with the necessary digital means to get from A to B in the W-Trek. As a backup, make sure to bring a hiking guide or a paper map with you.

Fully equipped

Make sure you have the necessary gear for the conditions you'll be facing, including appropriate clothing, footwear, and any necessary equipment for the terrain you'll be hiking on. Always wear clothing adapted to the weather of W-Trek and protect yourself from cold and wetness or heat and sun. Besides, make sure you carry enough food and water for the duration of your trek. On the way, you might (or might not) be able to buy snacks.

Stay reachable

If you are hiking solo or in small groups it is advisable to inform people back home about your plans, what route you are taking and when you plan to return. Even small incidents can lead to unpleasant emergencies so make sure you are available at all times. Bring a charged phone containing at least the phone numbers of immediate family members, your accommodations en route and the emergency phone numbers operating in the W-Trek.

Respect for nature

Do not litter, prevent noise, stay on the marked trails, do not disturb wildlife or grazing animals, and respect protected areas.

At Bookatrekking.com you can book the self-guided W-Trek and many other treks. We take care of all the details for you, including arranging accommodations and providing you with relevant information well in advance of your trek. Find our offers here . Our easy-to-use platform allows you to browse and compare different trekking options and find the perfect fit for your interests, abilities, and budget.

If you have any questions about a specific trek or need help choosing the right one for you, our team of trekking experts is here to assist you. Simply reach out to us and we will be happy to provide you with personalized recommendations and advice to help you plan the trekking adventure of a lifetime.

Is the W-Trek not your cup of tea and are you looking for other epic adventures? Check out one of our following blog posts:

  • Peter Habeler Runde
  • Salzburger Almenweg
  • Berliner Höhenweg

Switzerland

  • Via Alpina 1
  • Hut-to-hut in Slovenia
  • Climb Mount Triglav
  • Palaronda Trek
  • Alta Via del Granito
  • Walker's Haute Route
  • Tour du Mont Blanc
  • Tour du Mont Thabor
  • Hut-to-Hut in Mercantour
  • Carros de Foc
  • Porta del Cel
  • Peaks of the Balkan Trail
  • Menalon Trail
  • Corfu Trail
  • Climbing Olympus
  • Laugavegur Trail
  • Fimmvörðuháls Hike

About Us

Also Interesting

Alta Via 1: Map, Difficulty, and Route on the Italian Dolomites

Alta Via 1: Map, Difficulty, and Route on the Italian Dolomites

Tour du Mont Blanc: All You Need To Know

Tour du Mont Blanc: All You Need To Know

Dolomites Hiking: The 8 Best Options for Hiking Hut-to-Hut in Italy

Dolomites Hiking: The 8 Best Options for Hiking Hut-to-Hut in Italy

Everest Base Camp: A Trek to The Roof of The World

Everest Base Camp: A Trek to The Roof of The World

Hiking the GR221 in Mallorca: Everything You Need to Know

Hiking the GR221 in Mallorca: Everything You Need to Know

Annapurna Circuit Trek: How to Hike Around the Annapurnas

Annapurna Circuit Trek: How to Hike Around the Annapurnas

Peaks of the Balkans Trail: All You Need to Know

Peaks of the Balkans Trail: All You Need to Know

Hut-to-Hut Hiking in the Pyrenees: The 4 Best Walks

Hut-to-Hut Hiking in the Pyrenees: The 4 Best Walks

Get weekly inspiration with the best treks.

Get weekly inspiration with the best treks

Lonely Plan-it: how to organize a hike on Chile’s famous W Trek in 2023

Sarah Reid

Jan 14, 2023 • 8 min read

w trek patagonia booking

Tackling the W Trek in Chile’s Parque Nacional Torres del Paine is a challenge and a thrill © sharptoyou / Shutterstock

In this series, we take you step by step through how we planned some of the most complicated travel adventures, so you can recreate them yourself with ease. Here, writer Sarah Reid takes you through how she planned her hike on Chile’s famous W Trek. 

Tracing the foothills of the snow-capped Paine Massif in southern  Chile ’s famous  Parque Nacional Torres del Paine , the W Trek one of the world’s most epic multi-day tramps. Named for the shape sketched by the 80km (50-mile) trail, the W Trek immerses you in some of Patagonia’s most mesmerizing scenery, with turquoise lakes, oozing glaciers, gnarled subpolar forests and wildlife spotting opportunities aplenty (you might even spot a puma).

While it’s easy to follow the well-trodden if not always well-marked trail, planning the expedition is complicated by the numerous ways to access the route and the multiple reservations required before you set out. Having recently experienced the trail in two different ways, I’ve figured out all the tricks you’ll need to plan one of the most memorable hikes of your life. Here’s what I learned.

Step 1: Time it right

Find the best mix of good weather and accommodation availability. 

Hiking the W Trek hinges on the availability of the half-dozen currently operational refugios (hostels with limited dorm beds, a restaurant, hot showers and campsites) dotted along the route, which can book out months in advance during the November-to-February peak season. This is the warmest time of the year comes with the added bonus of long daylight hours – but it can also be very windy. The less-busy shoulder seasons (March to April and September to October) offer increased camping availability and more agreeable weather (potentially; this is Patagonia, after all). A guide is required for a wintertime hike (May to August, when refugios are closed). Wildlife, including pumas, can be spotted year-round.

To get to Torres del Paine, you’ll need to travel to the small, beautifully situated gateway city of  Puerto Natales . You can fly here (or to nearby  Punta Arenas ) from Santiago , take a four-day ferry trip from Puerto Montt  or travel overland from  Argentina (a 5.5-hour bus ride from El Calafate to Puerto Natales). From Puerto Natales, expect a two-hour bus ride to the eastern end of the W Trek, and a three-hour bus ride followed by a 45-minute ferry to the western end.

 Couple admiring scenery at Mirador Las Torres, Parque Nacional Torres del Paine, Patagonia, Chile

Step 2: Decide which direction to hike in

You can start or finish your trek with one of the hike’s most epic views. 

The W Trek can be hiked from east to west or vice versa, independently or guided, and you can take as many days as you like (pending refugio availability). Hikers with a good level of fitness will find it’s an achievable four-day independent hike. Factor in an extra day to add a glacier kayaking or ice-trekking excursion departing from Refugio Grey (arrange in advance; more on this below).

The benefits of hiking east to west include frequent daily bus services from Puerto Natales (from 7am) to the trailhead. You’ll also knock off the challenging hike to  Mirador las Torres , at the base of the three granite towers that give the national park its name, on the first day. Hiking in this direction also means you don’t have to worry about securing a spot on the first ferry of the day across Lago Pehoé to access the western end of the W (critical for a four-day itinerary), as ferry tickets can’t be booked in advance. The early ferry (9am) only operates from November to March.

The beauty of hiking west to east is the opportunity to spend your last night at Refugio Chileno, making it easier to catch the sunrise at Mirador Las Torres on your final day and be back in Puerto Natales by dinnertime (finishing at Paine Grande gets you back to town closer to 10pm). With Patagonia known for its strong westerlies, hiking eastward also keeps the wind at your back for most of the journey.

Step 3: Consider your booking options

Reserve your accommodation, transit and park pass in advance to simplify your life. 

This is where it gets tricky. The two refugios at the trail’s western end (Paine Grande and Grey) are operated by Vertice Patagonia , which also runs glacier trekking and kayaking tours. The other four refugios  (Francés, Cuernos, Chileno and Central; there’s an additional bunkhouse near Central called Torre Norte) are operated by  Las Torres Patagonia . You can book preferred campsites and dorm beds (some refugios also have rooms) separately through their websites, or make reservations at camps run by both operators in a single booking via Booking Patagonia .

Meals, pre-pitched tents, sleeping bags and mats can be prebooked for additional fees,  pushing the cost of a four-day hike from as little as $62 (camping costs only; wild camping is forbidden) to around $400 if you book all the extras (and it’s worth doing so if you’re not keen on carrying all your supplies, including cooking equipment). Booking bus tickets to and from Puerto Natales in advance is also recommended;  Bus Sur services both ends of the trail.

An easier if more expensive option is to book an all-inclusive package. These come in all shapes and sizes, ranging from classic unguided through-hikes, to hikes along sections of the trail each day with a guide then shuttling back to an off-trail camp or lodge each night. (Note that it’s difficult to complete all legs of the W Trek as day hikes given the volume of backtracking required to the two exit points.) Local operators offering good-value unguided through-hike packages with an east-west itinerary (about $1000) include Chile Nativo and ChileTour Patagonia . Las Torres Patagonia and Vertice Patagonia also offer packages with accommodation at their own properties (a through-hike is only possible with the former). International operators including  G Adventures and  World Expeditions also offer through-hike packages.

You’ll also need to book a multi-day national park pass via the  CONAF website ($35), which will be checked at the entrance to the park.

Tents with mountains in the distance at Torres del Paine National Park, Patagonia, Chile

Step 4: Prep for the adventure

Find the perfect gear for your adventure. 

With the entire trail located between 100-900m (330-2600ft) above sea level, there’s no altitude to factor in on the W Trek. But it’s the ever-changing Patagonian weather, along with the uneven, often-exposed trail, that will likely test you. Layers are key, and a waterproof jacket, rain pants and pack cover are essential year-round.

Expect to have next-to-no cellular reception throughout the journey. Wi-fi coupons are available for sale at refugios (provided the router is working) but it’s more fun to stay disconnected and mingle with fellow hikers at the bar instead; every refugio has one. Be mindful when packing that everything you carry into the national park must come out with you – the only rubbish bins at refugios are designed for toilet paper. With a limited number of power points in refugios for charging devices, packing spare batteries is a good idea.

Step 5: Nail the trail

Be adaptable to conditions to get the most out of your journey. 

Days on the trail can be long on a four-day hike; set out by 8am in autumn and spring to arrive in camp well before nightfall. If you’ve booked meals, most refugios have two sittings; book the first sitting when you arrive in camp each day to ensure an early night, and early start the next morning.

On foggy days, reconsider rising early to hike to Mirador las Torres for sunrise. You might also wish to reassess the mostly uphill return hike from Mirador Francés to Mirador Británico (the middle arm of the “W”) in poor weather, though I hiked the latter in average conditions and enjoyed it, particularly as I spotted a pair of endangered huemul deer right below Mirador Británico. Consider leaving non-essentials in a dry bag at Italiano (a CONAF-run camp not currently open for overnight stays) on your way up, as you’ll pass this camp again on your way back down.

If you’re making good time between Paine Grande and Valle Francés (French Valley), consider veering off the main path to hike the lesser-tramped alternative trail around the slightly more scenic eastern side of Lago Skottsberg, which adds about 30 minutes to the trip. Turn left at the first bridge after Italiano if you’re coming from the east, and head right at the fork after the first bridge you cross if you’re coming from Paine Grande.

A hiker on a wooden walkway in Torres del Paine National Park, Patagonia, Chile

If I could do it all again…

I booked a last-minute four-day through-hike package on my first W Trek experience. I hiked east to west in March 2022, and camped at Central, Cuernos and Paine Grande, and this itinerary was perfect for me. I’ve since hiked sections of the trail on a guided multi-day, multi-sport tour with Chile Nativo, with superb perspectives on Torres del Paine that complemented my first experience.

If I were to do the W Trek again, I’d aim to tackle the extended version of the trail called the O Circuit, ideally in late September, as I found the weather superb and the crowds thin when I visited then. I’d cut costs by making independent bookings, and I’d book my meals again (though extra comforts are not available at all refugios on the O Circuit).

Since my feet were soaking from the second day onward, I’d also wear waterproof boots; pack fewer snacks, as the boxed lunches were sufficient; and go easier on the Carménère (Chilean red wine) at the refugio bars. Did I mention you can order pisco sours, too? 

Explore related stories

An Asian man resting on top of a glacier in Patagonia

Jan 8, 2024 • 11 min read

From Andean treks to whale watching off Patagonia, here are the top things to do in Argentina.

Argentina

Feb 8, 2023 • 4 min read

Hikers in Torres del Paine

Feb 7, 2023 • 5 min read

A girl walking through flowering meadows over Hornbjarg cliffs, Hornstrandir peninsula, Westfjords, Iceland.

Dec 6, 2022 • 10 min read

A female hiker on a trail at Torres del Paine National Park.

Oct 5, 2022 • 6 min read

Father and daughter hiking through forest on foggy morning

Jul 29, 2022 • 15 min read

adventure travel, hiking in Iceland with a backpack, tourist looking at the colorful landscape of Landmannalaugar

Jan 25, 2022 • 8 min read

One man crossing a pond in Torres del Paine National Park, Chile

Jan 7, 2022 • 9 min read

Road on the way to Lake Miscanti, Atacama dessert, Chile

Jan 5, 2022 • 6 min read

Young Asian woman looking at Mount Fitz Roy, Argentina

Dec 13, 2021 • 11 min read

Explore With Wine

W Trek Accommodations – How to Book and How Much It Costs

  • South America

Planning the W Trek in Torres del Paine can take a long time. Figuring out where to stay, what’s available, and how to book accommodations can be very confusing. We recently completed the trek and wanted to share our experience.

This post is a list of refugios available along the W Trek and all the information needed to make the best decision about your stay. Refugios are listed from East to West, starting with the towers and finishing at Glacier Grey.

General Information

Other than Hotel Las Torres, there are no private rooms in the refugios on the W Trek. Refugio rooms accommodate groups of 4, 6, or 8. Camping is available at all locations. Refugio Curenos does have mountain cabins that can be rented out for 2 or 3 people.

When it comes to camping you can rent only the camping space and bring your gear or rent the gear as well and not have to carry it with you. You will see cost differences below.

All the refugios in the Torres del Paine National Park are operated by two different companies:

  • Refugios Central, Chileno, Cuernos, Frances and Hotel Las Torres are operated by Las Torres .
  • Refugios Paine Grande and Grey are operated by Vertice Travel .

The cost of the stay for all the Las Torres operator refugios is the same. Vertice Travel operated refugios were a little different in cost. All the bookings can be done at the two websites above.

When checking into your accommodation it is mandatory to have your passport and PDI form with you.

Breakfast and dinner are usually served in shifts 7 am, 8 am, 9 am, and 6 pm, 7 pm and 8 pm.

Wi-Fi at the refugios can be purchased on an hourly basis with a maximum of 10 hrs. for about $20. The Wi-Fi can be shared with others but only one person can use it at a time.

Hot showers are available at all the refugios, some of them do have time limits when power and hot water are available.

Torres Sector Refugios

This is the sector of the towers. It is either the beginning or the end of the W-Trek.

Refugio Torre Central

We stayed at the Refugio Central after the Day 1 hike on the W. This refugio sleeps six people per room, and the rooms are pretty small, so it feels very tight. There is some storage space in the room which makes the room feel even smaller.

Shared bathroom/shower facilities are clean and hot water is available. Electricity is available at the refugios.

Dinner is served buffet style and had the best options from all the refugios we stayed in. However, when we were there, it was Christmas Eve which may be a reason for a little better dinner quality. Because of the Christmas Eve celebration, the staff wanted to have, the kitchen and the bar were closed at 9 pm.

Breakfast and box lunch are the same across all the refugios. For breakfast, you will be served bread, butter, cheese, ham, scrambled eggs, and cereal. The lunch box usually has a sandwich, granola bar, mixed nuts, and candy.

Camping is available at this location. Additional services offered at Central were towel rental for 3000 CLP (~$3.50)and bag storage for 3000 CLP (~$3.50). The mini market has some camping supplies and snacks but minimal.

The view from the refugio is the towers, the best view on the trek.

W Trek

w Trek Accommodation Cost

  • Fully Equipped Campsite (for 1 person): $82
  • Fully Equipped Campsite (for 2 people): $140
  • Campsite Rental (for 1 person): $37
  • Campsite Rental (for 2 people): $50

Lodging Rates

  • Refugio Single Bed in a shared room: $125
  • Full Board: $88
  • Half Board: $62

During Christmas and New Year

  • Full board (breakfast, box lunch and dinner): USD $124.
  • Half board (breakfast and dinner): USD $97.

Individual Meals

  • Breakfast: USD $24
  • Box Lunch (Lunch to go): USD $29
  • Lunch: USD $44
  • Dinner: USD $44
  • Christmas and New Year dinner: USD $78

Las Torres Hotel

Las Torres Hotel is the only luxury option on the W Trek, and it is very expensive. The hotel location is great for starting the W circuit or for different day hikes and adventures.

The hotel offers free Wi-Fi and has a high-quality restaurant, spa, outdoor clothing store, and other amenities typical of the hotel anywhere else. Some of the rooms offer great views.

The room cost is between $400 and $730 per night.

Refugio Chileno

Refugio Chileno is located 3 miles into the trail to the towers. This was our first day hike, and Chileno is considered a half point. We did not spend a night here, only refilled our water, bought some snacks, and used the bathroom.

The cost of food and stay is the same as Refugio Torre Central.

Torres del Paine

Cuernos Sector

The cuernos sector is the first horizontal part of the W. There are three accommodation options in this sector both camping and refugio as well as mountain cabins.

Refugio Cuernos

We did not stay at Cuernos Refugio, only filled up on water and used their spotless restrooms. During the Cuernos Sector, we stayed at the Frances 2 miles from Cuernos.

The cost of the accommodation and food is the same as Central and Chileno however, Cuernos has 2-3 person mountain cabins for rent. The cost of the cabin is $200 per person.

Frances Refugio

Frances Refugio had the most hospitable staff. Unlike any other refugio, they happily explained everything and helped out wherever needed.

The Frances offers dome accommodations that sleep 8 people per dome, but domes are spacious and it does not feel crowded. Or camping where you can rent a tent or rent the space for your tent.

Torres del Paine

The downside to the dome accommodations is that for 8 people there is one bathroom and shower for the ladies and one bathroom and shower for the men. Since leaving Frances if going to Britanico needs to start as early as possible, try to be the first one up.

All the facilities were clean and hot water was available for showers.

Dinner was chicken and rice with tomato soup and a spring salad. The snacks for purchase were minimal as this is one of the hardest sections to get to.

Torres del Paine

Italiano Refugio

Refugio Italiano is managed by the National Park services and only offers campsites with rather disgusting facilities. Booking Patagonia is a website through which you can book all the campsites but I haven’t had much luck getting it to work for me.

This refugio is used by most to drop their bags off when hiking up to Viewpoint Britanico. The drop-off location is just a couple of shelves that are really not monitored by anyone, but it is very unlikely that anyone will touch your stuff, hikers’ pact.

Paine Grande Sector

The Paine Grande sector is the middle and the second horizontal part of the W. The only accommodation at the end of this sector is Paine Grande refugio and camping. This is also where the Lake Pehoe ferry leaves from.

Paine Grande Refugio

The only accommodations here are Paine Grande refugio or the campsite. We stayed in the refugio, which accommodated six people per room. The room felt a little more spacious than Refugio Central.

Torres del Paine

The refugio Paine Grande is by the Lago Pehoe, where the ferry comes in and its mini market was pretty well stocked with food, snacks, and camping supplies.

This was a big complex in comparison to other refugios, and there were some common areas, where groups could hang out, play board games or gather around the furnace.

The dinner was buffet style and had more options than Frances and Grey.

The floor we were staying on had 15-20 rooms and only one bathroom with three stalls and three showers, the same for the opposite sex. The facilities were not the cleanest.

Torres del Paine

At Paine Grande hot water was available between 1 pm and midnight and power was one between 6 am and midnight.

They also offer to store your big backpack if you want to make it to Grey with only day pack.

W Trek Accommodation Cost

  • Fully Equipped Campsite (for 1 person): $76
  • Fully Equipped Campsite (for 2 people): $120
  • Campsite Rental (for 1 person): $12
  • Campsite Rental (for 2 people): $24
  • Refugio Single Bed no bedding in a shared room: $59
  • Refugio Single Bed with bedding in a shared room: $92
  • Full Board: $61
  • Full board (breakfast, box lunch and dinner): USD $94.
  • Breakfast: USD $19
  • Lunch or Box Lunch (Lunch to go): USD $19
  • Dinner: USD $32
  • Christmas and New Year dinner: USD $71

Grey Sector

The grey sector is either the end or the beginning of the W Trek, depending on the direction you are going in. And closest location to the Glacier Grey.

Refugio Grey

Glacier Grey

Grey is the same as Paine Grande, the only accommodation in town with both refugio and camping accommodations. The refugio rooms accommodate four people per room.

This was a much smaller operation than Paine Grande but still pretty well stocked and only limited shared space area.

The dinner was mashed potatoes and pork with tomato soup.

At Grey hot water and power were available between 6 am and midnight. Grey had the cleanest facilities of all the refugios we stayed at.

  • Fully Equipped Campsite (for 1 person): $74
  • Fully Equipped Campsite (for 2 people): $116
  • Campsite Rental (for 1 person): $10
  • Campsite Rental (for 2 people): $20
  • Refugio Single Bed no bedding in a shared room: $40

Overall Cost

For one person to stay at the refugios for 4 nights (including the bedding) and a full board meal plan it costs $732.

For one person to stay at the fully equipped campsites for 4 nights and a full board meal plan, it costs $612. Without the meal plan $314.

For one person to just rent a campsite at 4 different refugios, it costs $96.

Since we started planning our trip a little too late and couldn’t make the refugios work on our own we used a tour company, Chile Tour Patagonia . The Classic W-Trek is $1670 a person. This included the night before and night after the tour accommodation in Puerto Natales, all the refugios, full board, and all the transportation (shuttle, bus and ferry).

Overall Experience

Frances Domos were the coolest and most spacious accommodations. The staff here was the most welcoming and eager to help.

Refugio Torre Central had the best dinner options.

Paine Grande had the best hang-out space.

Refugio Grey was the cleanest.

All the refugios have great views on a clear day. The view enjoyed clear days in Central and Frances with the views of the Towers and Nordenskjöld Lake.

Other helpful posts…

5-Day W-Trek Guide 13-Day Chile Itinerary 16-Day Argentina Itinerary Things to Do in El Calafate Wine Road Trip in Chile

South America | Travel

0 comment(s), contact us:.

Email Address

RECENT Posts

Amazing Two Days of Hiking in Sedona 

Amazing Two Days of Hiking in Sedona 

Last updated Apr 8, 2024 | Explore , North America , Travel

This itinerary is packed with two full days of hiking, close to 30 miles. In these two days of hiking in Sedona, we hit all the most popular trails.

How to Spend Two Days in Aoraki/Mt. Cook National Park 

How to Spend Two Days in Aoraki/Mt. Cook National Park 

Last updated Apr 1, 2024 | Explore , Oceania , Travel

Spending two days in Aoraki/Mt. Cook National Park is best utilized taking a scenic drive into the park, embarking on one of the many trails or taking a flight.

Kayaking in Milford Sound 

Kayaking in Milford Sound 

Last updated Feb 27, 2024 | Explore , Oceania , Travel

Kayaking in Milford Sound is one of the must-do things in New Zealand. It is a great way to explore the area and do something adventurous and fun.

All You Need to Know About Milford Sound | New Zealand

All You Need to Know About Milford Sound | New Zealand

This post will walk you through all you need to know about Milford Sound whether you are a first-time or returning visitor. What to expect and how to prepare.

New Zealand Itinerary | Epic 15-Days in North and South Island 

New Zealand Itinerary | Epic 15-Days in North and South Island 

Last updated Feb 27, 2024 | Oceania , Travel

This New Zealand Itinerary is designed to spend 5 days in the North Island and 10 days in the South Island. Renting a car is crucial for this itinerary.

Tongariro Alpine Crossing | The Best Day Hike in New Zealand

Tongariro Alpine Crossing | The Best Day Hike in New Zealand

Last updated Feb 24, 2024 | Oceania , Travel

Tongariro Alpine Crossing is a point-to-point 19.4 km (12 miles) trail in New Zealand. It is considered the best day hike in the country.

Submit a Comment Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Submit Comment

Banner Alt Text

The Ultimate Guide to Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia: Full Itinerary, How to Self Book, Cost Breakdown & More!

March 28, 2023.

Hiking the W Trek in Torres Del Paine National Park is an incredible experience that will reward you with endless views and memories that will last a lifetime. You will see jagged mountain peaks, aqua blue lakes, waterfalls, glaciers and more as you take the journey. If you’re lucky, you’ll also see giant condor birds and make new friends as you stay at the inns along the way.

I found the W Trek to be incredibly rewarding and definitely worth the effort, planning and costs. The trek is also perfect for those who are newer to backpacking but are experienced day hikers. Trekking during the day with inns to stay overnight is the perfect combination!

This blog includes a W Trek itinerary and covers everything you need to know to book the W Trek self guided, pack for the W Trek and be prepared. This is based on my experience visiting over New Year’s in December 2022 and January 2023.

Table of Contents

Overview of the w trek, when to hike the w trek, hiking the w trek self guided vs with a guide, how to book the lodging for the w trek, booking an entry ticket to torres del paine national park, booking transportation between puerto natales and torres del paine national park, w trek planning checklist (for self booking), tips and important things to know before hiking the w trek, day one of the w trek, day two of the w trek, day three of the w trek, day four of the w trek, how should you end the w trek, ways to save money on the w trek, what to pack for the w trek, other ways to see torres del paine national park, faqs about the w trek, final thoughts.

  • Located in Torres Del Paine National Park, Chile
  • 50 miles/80 km
  • Typically done in 4 Nights, 5 Days
  • The highest elevation is at the Base of Towers, 2,788 feet above sea level

The W Trek refers to a multi-day hike that is shaped like the letter W. This area is unique because there are several inns along the trek where you can spend the night. You can choose between hostel-style lodging, have them provide you a tent at the campgrounds or bring your own tent. Each inn serves food, has restrooms and showers and even offers wifi for an additional fee.

The W Trek is about 50 miles and is typically done in 5 days and 4 nights. There are very few technically challenging sections of the trail, but there are long days with steep climbs. If you have experience hiking 10+ miles in a day in mountainous areas and feel that you can do that for a few days in a row, then you will be set up for success.

Because of the amenities offered, this is a great trip to do if you’re new to backpacking or if you just prefer to stay in a bed instead of a tent. If you stay in the refugios and purchase their full room and board package, you will not have to carry all of your food, water and sleeping equipment. The lighter you can pack for the trek, the more comfortable you’ll be.

While the hike itself is not overly difficult, dealing with the unpredictable weather is the toughest part. I experienced really high winds during my trek. Bad wind is common and it’s not uncommon to experience heavy rain, fog or even snow. You’ll want to make sure you’re prepared with the good layers and keep your expectations low in case it’s too foggy to see some of the best views along the trail.

Looking across an aqua blue colored lake at the three towers inside of Torres Del Paine National Park. A few people are enjoying the view in the bottom right corner.

For a shorter version of this blog, check out my top 30 tips for hiking the W trek!

You will most likely hike the W Trek in the summertime for the Southern Hemisphere (winter in the Northern Hemisphere). The W Trek is typically open to hiking self-guided from October to the end of April, and you’ll likely have the best weather from November to March. I hiked the trek over New Years (December and January), which was really special!

If you would like to hike in the park during the winter months, you can do so with a guide.

There are several companies that offer guides if you’re not comfortable hiking the W Trek on your own. This can be a great option for some!

However, I think a guide is unnecessary, as the trail is well marked and easy to follow. It all depends on your comfort level, abilities and budget.

If you are looking for a guide, some companies that offer services include Swoop Patagonia, Tangol Tours, Chile Nativo and many more.

How to Self Book the W Trek

Many people assume you have to go through a third party company to book the W Trek. A third party would certainly be a little bit easier, but if you prefer to do it all yourself, I’m going to tell you exactly how!

Two separate companies own the various lodges in Torres Del Paine National Park: Vertice Travel and Las Torres Patagonia (previously called Fantastico Sur).

For this itinerary, you will book with Las Torres Patagonia for the first two nights at Los Cuernos and El Chileno, and Vertice Travel for the second two nights at Paine Grande and Refugio Grey.

You can book directly with each company on their websites.

A couple of light blue buildings with a boardwalk trail connecting them. There is a porch on each buildings and a satellite dish outside.

To book El Chileno and Los Cuernos, start on the Las Torres website . Choose to book the ‘shelters’ and then make reservations at the Central Refuge and the Chilean Refuge. Upon booking, you can select to add on full room and board (breakfast, packed lunch and dinner) or any combination of only dinners, only breakfast, etc.

To book Paine Grande and Refuio Gray, start on the Vertice Travel website. Under accommodations, make reservations at ‘Refuge & Camping Paine Grande’ and ‘Shelter & Camping Gray.’ When you book, you will select that you’re doing the W Circuit and be able to book both lodges at once, along with the full room and board.

If you have any dietary restrictions, be sure to request that when booking. If you don’t see the option, send an email to their customer service to confirm. I am a vegetarian and all of the inns were very accommodating!

I booked my trip for December/January in May and June. In 2022, the reservations for Las Torres went on sale well before the reservations for Vertice Travel. So, I booked half of the trek and then waited until the Vertice released their openings. Keep an eye on their social media platforms and/or send an email to their customer service to stay up to date.

After your lodging and transportation is squared away, it is very important to book an entry ticket into the national park. I did this a week or two ahead of time.

To buy your ticket, go to aspticket.cl and select ‘buy or reserve.’ You will then select the correct park, which is listed as ‘Parque Nacional Torres del Paine (Venta)’ in Spanish. From there, you will input your entry and exit dates in and out of the park.

You will then need to fill out a variety of information, such as your birthdate and passport number, where you are staying each night of the trek, if you are traveling with a guide and more.

When you complete the form, you will pay the fee ($49 USD per person at this writing) and receive an email with a QR code. Make sure you have this QR code saved offline (and/or printed) for when you arrive at the park! The rangers will scan it upon arrival and there is not reliable cell reception.

The cheapest and easiest way to get between Puerto Natales and Torres Del Paine National Park is by bus! There are a few different bus companies that run multiple daily trips between the city and the park.

I booked my tickets a week or two in advance with Bus-Sur, and I used busbud.com for easy booking. For the beginning of the trek, I recommend leaving Puerto Natales as early as you can (mine left at 6:45AM).

Keep in mind that you will be starting and ending at different places inside the national park.

For the beginning of the W Trek, book a ticket from Puerto Natales (Rodoviario) to Terminal Laguna Amarga . For the ending of the W Trek, book a ticket from Pudeto (Catamaran Paine Grande) to Puerto Natales (Rodoviario). I recommend an afternoon or evening time for the end of the trek, my bus left Pudeto at 2PM.

The bus rides will take about two hours and there are some great views along the way. Be sure to print out your bus tickets ahead of time and arrive a little early.

If you’re booking everything yourself, here is a quick checklist to make sure you have everything you need before setting out!

  • Los Cuernos
  • Paine Grande
  • Refugio Grey
  • National Park Entrance Ticket
  • A morning ride from Puerto Natales to Laguna Amarga to start the trek
  • An afternoon or evening ride from Pudeto to Puerto Natales to end the trek
  • (Optional) A glacier trek or glacier kayaking from Refugio Grey (book with Bigfoot Patagonia)
  • (Optional) The catamaran ride on Grey Lake

A large glacier-fed lake is in the distance. In the foreground, there are some reddish rocks. There are green mountains in the distance behind the lake.

  • Expect all kinds of weather, especially high winds. Wind is very common in the area and can be really intense. Also know that it’s possible fog will sock in some of the most epic views. Keep your expectations low just in case.
  • You can drop off your heaviest gear at parts of the trail! Bring a day pack and drop your packs at El Chileno and Camp Italiano before ascending up the most difficult parts of the trail.
  • The towers will be crowded but the rest of the trails won't be. But overall, the W trek is not the best for solitude and you will often see other people around. It’s a good social hike because you can meet people every night at the inns.
  • The elevation of this region is relatively low (2,788 feet is the highest point on the W Trek), so you shouldn’t have an issue adjusting to the altitude.
  • Each inn on the trek has drinking water, food and alcohol for sale, plus wifi for purchase and more. You will not exactly be roughing it on this journey! That being said, you should bring a water filter just in case you’re sensitive to the water or want to make sure you can fill up at streams on the way.
  • Download the map of the trail on All Trails to follow along with your progress throughout the trail.

For a full list of tips for hiking the W Trek, check out my top 30 W Trek tips !

W Trek Itinerary: East to West

I hiked the W Trek from East to West. You can also hike it in the opposite direction, but hiking it east to west tends to be more common. I liked hiking it from east to west because I got the most difficult portions out of the way early. It was also fun to end the trek with a gorgeous catamaran ride across Lake Pehoe!

Below is my full itinerary for hiking the W Circuit! I hiked 50 miles over 4 nights and 5 days total.

  • Take the bus from Puerto Natales, hike to the Base of the Towers, stay at El Chileno
  • 9.9 miles, 3,000 feet of elevation gain

The best way to get to Torres Del Paine National Park is by taking a bus from Puerto Natales. The bus ride will take about 2 hours to reach the main entrance of the park (Laguna Amarga), which is where you’ll be exiting the bus for this itinerary.

When you arrive, you will need to exit the bus and have a ranger scan your entry ticket. You should have your ticket saved offline ahead of time and ready to show from your phone.

There was a bit of a language barrier for us here, as none of the instructions were given in English. How it worked was that everyone got off to get their ticket scanned here, whether you were getting off here or not. After they scanned our tickets, we went back to the bus to collect our backpacks.

From there, you will take a smaller shuttle bus to get to the start of the W Trek. This bus costs an extra fee of 4000 Chilean pesos per person in cash. It was a quick, 10 minute bus ride to reach the Torres Del Paine Welcome Center, where you will officially begin your trek! The welcome center has packed lunches, hiking poles and other items if you have forgotten something.

I calculated the day one milage to be 9.9 miles with just over 3000 feet of elevation gain. In terms of steepness, it was definitely the hardest day of the trek for me.

A flat trail next to a curving river with a mountain in the background.

As you begin the trail, you’ll start with a short and flat walk back to Hotel Las Torres Patagonia. This is where most people stay to do a day hike up the Towers, and some people stay here for the first night of the W trek. It’s an option, but I definitely recommend staying in El Chileno instead if possible!

The trail is flat at first but you will quickly begin to gain elevation. A little under 2 miles from Hotel Las Torres, you’ll come to the first fork in the trail. Stay to the right as you continue up into the Windy Pass.

This portion of the trail gets a bit steep and there is a chance you’ll experience high winds. Luckily, there are some amazing views whenever you stop to take a break. Two miles from the hotel, you’ll reach a high point and then need to descend to reach El Chileno. El Chileno is located right next to the river and the perfect place to stop for lunch.

You can use the cubbies inside of El Chileno to drop off your heaviest gear before continuing up to the Towers. Depending on the time of day, I don’t recommend spending too long on a break at El Chileno. At some point in the afternoon, the park rangers will stop letting anyone hike up to the Towers, so be sure to stay on schedule.

A view of Mirador las Torres, a lake with green water and the three towers across the water.

Since you will be staying at El Chileno tonight, go ahead and check in when you pass through. Your room will probably not be ready, but you can let them know you're there and be assigned a time for dinner.

The hike to the Towers gets quite steep for the last 0.7 miles. There is a bit of rock scrambling and a lot of dusty areas if conditions are dry. Be sure to watch your step and take your time. This is also a popular day hike so you’ll likely encounter crowds and need to spend a lot of time stepping aside for other hikers.

But the crowds and steep scrambling are worth it. At the top, you’ll be rewarded with an incredible view face to face with Lago Torres and the three Towers. The towers; Torres d'Agostini, Torres Central and Torres Monzino, are the most iconic sight in Torres Del Paine National Park, and certainly could be considered among the best views in the world. On a clear day, the towers stand tall as a backdrop to the bright turquoise lake below.

A beer and a glass with a purple drink outside on a picnic table at El Chileno. Several people sit at other tables in the background.

After enjoying the towers, make your way down to El Chileno for your first dinner of the trek. While El Chileno had my least favorite food of the W trek inns, I loved the atmosphere. Before or after dinner, you can hang out outside where there are picnic tables overlooking the river. Dinner at El Chileno is served at long tables and offers a great chance to get to know fellow hikers.

The rooms inside El Chileno were pretty basic. My room slept 6 people over 3 bunk beds (but there were only 4 of us for this night). There were shared bathrooms divided by gender down the hall. Overall, El Chileno is nothing fancy but I had no complaints.

  • Hike from El Chileno to Los Cuernos
  • 8.2 miles, 1,174 feet of elevation gain

On day two of the W trek, you’ll hike from El Chileno to Los Cuernos. In this itinerary, this day is tied for the easiest. The day will begin uphill as you hike out of the valley where El Chileno sits, but then it will be mostly downhill the rest of the day.

This trail includes many fantastic views of Nordenskjöld Lake. The lake is a brilliant aqua green color and there are some beautiful viewpoints.

Lydia standing on a curved rockface with her arms in the air. In the background, there is a lake with a brilliant blue color.

This is the day where I saw a large hoard of condor birds flying up above and sitting on nearby cliffs. Condor birds are the largest flying birds in the world and they’re fascinating to watch!

Los Cuernos is owned by the same company as El Chileno and has a similar vibe. I actually was here on New Year’s Eve, so we were served a special meal. They also threw a NYE party for the staff (that we were invited to as well). I’m not sure what it’s like on other nights, but the atmosphere was lively and celebratory. This meant it was loud and hard to sleep, so you may want to bring along ear plugs.

Los Cuernos also offers private cabins that sleep 2 people, so try to book one of these if you prefer things a bit quieter.

  • Hike from Los Cuernos to Paine Grande and into the French Valley on the way
  • 16.4 miles, 3,102 feet of elevation gain

Day three is the longest day of the W Trek. You will hike up into the French Valley, the center of the ‘W,’ to reach Mirador Britannica. Then you will continue onto the third inn of the trip, Paine Grande.

If you do the entire trail, it will be about 16.4 miles and 3,102 feet of elevation gain. I turned back early due to high winds and fog on this day, so I only went about 13 miles.

The trail starts out relatively flat and easy until you reach Camp Italiano. If you have a very windy day like I did, watch out for the beach areas. The beaches are very exposed and the wind almost knocked us over at one point.

A blue building with a shelf up against the exterior. The shelf is full of several large hiking backpacks.

When you reach Camp Italiano, there are some outdoor shelves where you can drop off your heaviest gear. There was also a whiteboard here that had information on what time the viewpoints would close for the day and a warning about the high winds.

The hike up into the French Valley is steep at times, but felt more gradual than the hike to the Towers. You will go in and out of forest areas and viewpoints. Even if you just go part of the way, there are some fantastic views where you can admire the surrounding mountains and look for waterfalls, avalanches and glaciers in the distance.

There are four main viewpoints along the way. When I reached the second one, Mirador Valle de Frances, the wind was extremely strong, so many people turned around here. We went a little bit further, but decided to turn around before making it to the third.

A river with light blue water flowing. There are mountains across the water with glaciers.

After returning to Camp Italiano to pick up your gear, it will be about 5 more miles to reach your inn for the night. It’s mostly downhill and relatively easy. However, the wind was very intense for me and made the miles feel quite long.

There was one suspension bridge crossing that felt particularly daunting, as the wind was shaking the bridge all over the place while we crossed over a river canyon.

You will also pass an area of wildfire damage. Unfortunately, there have been multiple cases of fires started from the mistake of tourists in the park, so please make sure to follow the rules. Open fires are strictly prohibited and camp stoves are only allowed to be used in designated areas.

After this long day, it’s a great feeling to reach Paine Grande. This inn feels nicer than the first two inns, as it’s newer and larger. However, what you gain in newness means that there is less of the great community feeling you get from the smaller inns.

The rooms here are equipped with two bunk beds and more comfortable bedding than Los Cuernos and El Chileno. They also have real lockers if you want to lock up any valuables. Dinner is served buffet style and there is a bar upstairs as well.

  • Hike from Paine Grande to Refugio Grey. Optionally, hike up to the suspension bridges and a view of Grey Glacier.
  • 6.9 miles, 1,319 feet of elevation gain
  • Second hike is 5 miles with 1,014 feet of elevation gain

On day four, you’ll hike to the final inn of the trip, Refugio Grey. You also have the option to hike an additional few miles to see some suspension bridges and close up views of the Grey Glacier, which I highly recommend doing.

The first trail between the two inns is 6.9 miles with 1,319 feet of elevation gain. While it isn’t difficult, this was the windiest area of my trek. The wind made it difficult to move forward at times and definitely slowed us down.

A blue lake surrounded by mountains and hills of various sizes. There is a small rainbow coming up from one of the hills.

However, the trail has some fantastic views of Grey Lake and about halfway through you’ll start to see the Grey Glacier in the distance. The trail has multiple ups and downs, so you’ll have a nice variety.

At one point about 2 miles from the inn, there is a short portion of the trail where you’ll have to climb down a rock scramble that can be slick. It’s very doable if you have some hiking experience, but I found this to be one of the most technical portions of the entire W Trek.

A rocky trail with several rocks to climb up.

When you reach the Refugio Grey, there are a few excursions and additional trails you can choose from if you’re up to it. First, you have the option to kayak next to the glacier or go on a guided glacier trek. These activities cost extra and you should reserve them in advance if possible. We reserved the kayaking excursion, but unfortunately it was too windy for us to go out. It had been too windy to kayak for a couple weeks, so keep in mind that this cancellation is very common.

Additionally, you can take a hike up to see some incredible suspension bridges and a view of the Gray Glacier. This trail is about 5 miles with a little over 1,000 feet of elevation gain. It is part of the O Circuit, so you’ll likely see hikers on the O coming the other way.

Lydia standing in the middle of a long suspension bridge. In the background, you can see the Grey Glacier.

There are three suspension bridges you can hike to, but I only went to the first two.

The second bridge is especially magnificent. It is quite long and dangles 100’s of feet in the air over a large valley. On one side, you get a fantastic view of the glacier. On the opposite side, you can see a tall waterfall coming down from the mountains. I don’t recommend this if you’re afraid of heights, but it’s a really neat experience if heights don’t bother you.

If you aren’t up for the longer trail, there is also a viewpoint very close to the Grey Inn (a half mile) where you can get a nice view of the glacier.

After an additional hike, an excursion or some rest, enjoy your final dinner of the W Trek. I thought that Refugio Gray had some of the best food for dinner on the trip!

Day Five of the W Trek

  • Hike from Refugio Grey to Paine Grande, take the catamaran across Pehoe Lake, take a bus back to Puerto Natales.
  • 6.9 miles, 1,208 feet of elevation gain

On your final day on the W Circuit, hike back to Paine Grande to catch the Grande Catamaran. This is the same trail that you did on day four in the opposite direction, but you’ll have about 100 less feet of elevation gain. When you reach Paine Grande, line up to take the catamaran to Peduto.

There are actually catamarans from both Refugio Grey and Paine Grande, and they go different places. I was confused about this, so I’m going to explain the difference and the pros and cons of each.

A white ferry boat on the bright blue waters of Lake Pehoe.

For the least amount of hiking, you can end your trek from Refugio Gray and take the catamaran across Lago Grey. This journey will take about an hour and costs $75 one way. It will take you to Hotel Lago Grey.

Pros of the Lago Grey Catamaran

  • Less hiking! You get to leave from your final lodge via a beautiful boat ride.

Cons of the Lago Grey Catamaran

  • It’s about 3 times the cost of the Lake Pehoe Catamaran.
  • We were told that this boat is much more susceptible to delays and cancellations due to wind.
  • It will bring you to the Lago Grey Hotel, which has fewer transportation options to get you back to Puerto Natales. You may need to stay at the hotel and arrange private transportation.
  • This boat is not first come first serve like the Lake Pehoe Catamaran. You should make a reservation before your trek because it is likely to sell out.

For the reasons listed above, most hikers return from the trek via the Lake Pehoe Catamaran. The boat ride takes about 25 minutes and runs a few times a day. Check for the most up to date schedule at Paine Grande.

Jagged mountain peaks in the background and a green hill in the foreground.

You cannot make a reservation for the Lake Pehoe boat. You’ll need to wait in line by the dock and board first come, first served. You also need to make sure you have cash - the boat requires $30 USD or $25 Chilean pesos per person, each way. During peak season, they take cash in US dollars or Euros as an alternative to Chilean Pesos.

The boat is quite large so you shouldn’t worry if there is a long line to board. Also note that even though there is a schedule, the boats do not always run on time.

The boat also has stunning views! If it’s a clear day, you’ll get a new perspective of the park and see incredible mountain peaks as you ride through turquoise colored water.

When you reach Pudeto, take a bus ride back to Puerto Natales to end your time in Torres Del Paine National park. There is a small cafe to wait in before your bus ride. You should make sure that you have reserved a bus ticket ahead of time.

I took the second ferry of the day back from Paine Grande (it was scheduled for 11 but ended up being closer to 12) and then waited about 2 hours in the cafe for my 2 PM bus ride. The cafe sold lunch items, coffee, beer and more. There is also a one mile waterfall trail you can enjoy if you have the energy!

When you reach Puerto Natales, celebrate your hard work with a delicious meal, a pisco sour and a nice hotel stay. I loved eating at Cafe Artimana, Cafe Kaiken and La Guanaca Pizza.

How Much Does it Cost to Hike the W Trek?

In December/January 2022/2023, we paid $872 per person to hike the W Trek. This included 4 nights of lodging, full room and board, the bus tickets to and from the park, the ferry at the end and the entry ticket into the national park. We had to pay about $37 extra for a special New Year’s Eve Dinner, so you can subtract that if you’re not going over Christmas or New Years!

Here is the cost breakdown:

Night 1: El Chileno - $125 per person for the bed with sheets, $88 per person for the food

Night 2: Los Cuernos - $125 per person for the bed with sheets, $124 per person for the food (This was New Years Eve so the food cost extra - they did something special!)

Night 3: Paine Grande - $92 per person for the bed with sheets, $61 per person for the food

Night 4: Gray - $92 per person for the bed with sheets, $61 per person for the food

Ferry to return from Paine Grande and end the trek: $30 per person (cash only)

Bus Tickets on Bus Sur between Puerto Natales and the national park: $10 per person each way. There is also a shuttle between the entry to the park to the actual start of the trek that cost $5 per person (chilean pesos only)

Entry ticket into Torres Del Paine National Park: $49 per person

You also have the option to pay extra for wifi, alcohol or extra food at all of the inns. They all take credit cards.

Prices are subject to change, these were the prices for the 2022 - 2023 season.

This does not include flights into Puerto Natales to start and end your trip. This can vary a lot based on where you’re flying from! Note that it is very likely to need to connect through Santiago first.

There are definitely ways to cut out some of the costs!

  • You can camp instead of staying inside the inns. The inns all offer options to rent out tents so you don’t have to carry your own. Or you will pay the least if you carry your own.
  • You can bring your own food instead of paying for full room and board. I would recommend bringing your own breakfast and lunch items and only paying for dinner if this is something you’re considering. I did not love the breakfast service because on some days, I wanted to leave earlier than breakfast was being offered.

Lydia leading forward against the wind. She wears a green jacket and has her hood up. She is also holding trekking poles in one hand.

  • A backpack that will fit your needs for carrying your things for 5 days and 4 nights. I carried a 40L backpack and thought it was the perfect size.
  • A small day pack to carry the essentials for the times you can leave your bigger pack behind.
  • A water bladder or water bottle.
  • A water filter (We only filled up on water from the inns, which have drinkable water. But it’s good to have a water filter just in case. It depends on your comfort level and sensitivity.)
  • Snacks! I did not need any extra food than what was provided from the full room and board, but it’s always good to have some options if there are items in the packed lunches that you don’t like.
  • Hiking essentials including a first aid kit , knife, emergency shelter, headlamp and sun protection.
  • Your passport, printed out tickets and confirmations, cash and credit card.
  • Rain gear. Rain is common on the trek, make sure you have a good rain coat and a rain cover for your backpack.
  • Layers. It might get cold, so I recommend bringing a warm hat and gloves.
  • Sturdy hiking boots .
  • Hiking socks and the clothing you’ll need for 5 days and 4 nights. Avoid cotton and bring items that are moisture wicking.
  • Small towel for showering .
  • Toiletries such as soap, moisturizer, toothbrush and whatever else you need.
  • A second, lightweight pair of shoes to wear around the inns.
  • A phone charger and portable battery.
  • A buff to help protect against the dust on windy days.
  • Insect repellent . I did not encounter mosquitoes, but I’ve heard during certain times of year they can be bad.
  • A kula cloth to use instead of toilet paper.
  • Trekking poles .
  • Ear plugs if noise would bother you in the inns.

For a more detailed packing list for the W Trek, check out my W Trek packing guide !

A bright blue lake surrounded by mountains. There is a mix of greenery and rocky areas across the mountainous landscape.

There are certainly many other things to do in Torres Del Paine National Park besides the W Trek!

If you’re up for a more challenging adventure, consider the O-Trek, which is approximately 68 miles and takes 6-10 days.

If hiking for 5 or more days isn’t your thing (or you have less time) but you want to see some of the park, consider some day hikes.

Day Hike Options Include:

  • Mirador Las Torres, the most iconic view in the park, is often done as a day hike. Stay at the Hotel Las Torres and the trail will be about 12.5 miles.
  • Take the catamaran from Hotel Grey and hike up to the suspension bridges for a view of Glacier Gray. The hike from Refugio Grey is about 5 miles.
  • Hike to the Salto Grande from Pudeto, the trail is 0.9 miles.
  • Hike to the Rio Pingo waterfall from Hotel Grey, the trail is 5.3 miles.

There are many more day hike options, these are just a few! You can also go horseback riding, fly fishing or biking or a variety of other activities.

Lydia standing on a large rock and holding out her trekking poles. In the background is a blue river with mountains in the distance.

How difficult is the W Trek?

The trail itself is not difficult on the W Trek. It is well marked and there are just a couple areas of rock scrambling. However, the difficult part is hiking a long distance every day and carrying heavy packs. You should be used to hiking 10+ miles on a day hike and carrying a heavy bag.

Can you hike the W Trek solo?

While I did not hike the W Trek solo, I would be very comfortable doing so. I thought that the trail was well marked and felt very safe. With the shared dorms and communal dinners, it’s really easy to meet other hikers and make friends along the way.

Would you recommend the W Trek or doing day hikes?

My experience on the W Trek was one I will never forget and I think it is very much worth doing! If you have the time, I highly recommend doing the entire W trek instead of just day hikes.

Is the water safe to drink in Torres Del Paine National Park?

The water tends to be safe to drink from the water sources at the inns. Some hikers also drink water directly from streams, but I’ve heard mixed reviews and that is not something I would recommend. I recommend bringing a water filter just in case, but it all depends on your comfort level and sensitivity.

Are there mosquitoes on the W Trek?

I did not encounter mosquitoes on the W trek, but I’ve heard that others have during certain months when it is rainy and warm. Bring insect repellent just in case.

What is the hardest part of the W Trek?

I thought the hike to the Base of the Towers was the hardest part of the trek. It’s a long day with a steep climb.

What kind of wildlife will you see on the W Trek?

I saw very little wildlife on the trek, but I did see several condor birds! There are gauchos (llamas) in Torres Del Paine National Park, but it’s rare to see them on this trail. You will likely see them along the roads driving in and out of the parks instead.

Other animals that live in the park but are rare to see are pumas, huemul deer and foxes. There are no bears in Torres Del Paine, so there is no need to carry bear spray.

If you have dreamed about a trip to Patagonia, I hope this guide will help you make it a reality! The W trek and a visit to Torres Del Paine National Park a bucket list experience that you’ll remember for years to come.

If you’re flying all the way to Patagonia, I recommend more adventures than just the W Trek. After the trek, I drove into Argentina to continue my trip. Check out my 2 week Patagonia itinerary and my guide to renting a car in Patagonia to continue planning!

For more Patagonia guides, check out these blogs:

  • The Ultimate 2 Week Itinerary for a Patagonia Road Trip
  • A Guide to Renting a Car and Driving in Patagonia
  • 30 Tips for Hiking the W Trek
  • A Detailed Packing List for the W Trek

Thanks for Reading!

Save to Pinterest!

If you're thinking about hiking the W Trek in Patagonia, let this be your guide! This blog covers everything you need to know to book and plan the W Trek.

The Best Things To Do in the White Mountains, NH in the Fall

How to Spend a Long Weekend in Savannah: 3 Day Itinerary

Let's stay in touch!

Join the Lost with Lydia email list to get monthly travel guides and tips!

You also may like

alt

30 Tips for Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia (Self-Guided)

alt

A Detailed W Trek Packing List: The Ultimate Patagonia Hike

  • Privacy Policy
  • Puerto Rico
  • Travel Guides

Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia Self-Guided: The Complete Details

Campsite at Paine Grande during the W Trek in Patagonia.

When you think of Patagonia, it’s hard not to imagine the picture of its most famous pristine peaks. Many avid hikers and outdoor enthusiasts dream of one day visiting Chile and Argentina to explore the Patagonia region. One of the most famous hikes in Patagonia is the W Trek.

This is the smaller version of the O-trek, but even though it’s shorter, it still offers the adventure of a lifetime. These hikes are located in the Torres del Paine National Park in Chile.

My dream finally came true in December 2024 when I visited Patagonia for the first time. There were beautiful landscapes everywhere, and I couldn’t stop staring at them.

In this guide, I’ll go over everything you need to know (and there’s a lot) about hiking the W Trek in Patagonia self-guided.

w trek patagonia booking

Table of Contents

What is the W Trek in Patagonia and Why You Should Hike it

What makes this hike unique is how well the trails are maintained, the excellent refugios, the people, and, of course, the views.

When traveling throughout Patagonia, it’s funny and cool to notice the same people repeatedly. Most people stick to a very similar itinerary.

There are options for individuals who want to camp and have gear, don’t have gear, or want to go all out and sleep in beds.

Where is the W Trek in Patagonia?

The W Trek is a four- to five-day hike in Torres del Paine National Park. Patagonia is located in Chile and Argentina , offering something different.

Most people who plan to visit Torres del Paine National Park stay in Puerto Natales . This town is easily accessible by bus if you’re coming from Calafate, where the famous Minitrekking on Perito Moreno Glacier is done.

We stopped by here shortly on our way south, where we decided to see Penguins in Punta Arenas before returning for the trek!

The trail during the W Trek in Patagonia

How to Get to Torres del Paines National Park

Getting to Torres del Paines National Park is relatively easy. We were one group of the many individuals who got to this park to do the W Trek alone, self-guided.

What does this mean? It means there’s a lot of bus options. I liked using Busbud to find bus times while traveling in Chile and Argentina.

This website didn’t have all the buses possible for every town, but it gave me a good idea of the times.

Bus From Puerto Natales to Torres del Paine National Park

Depending on your path, either East to West or West to East, will determine which bus ticket you need to buy.

No matter what, you’ll stop and get off the bus at Laguna Amarga . This is the Entrance to the park and you’ll have to show your entrance ticket. More on that later.

After finding the bus ticket on Busbud, I always visit the bus company’s website. In this case, it’s Bus Sur .

If you’re starting from West to East like us, you’ll first need a bus ticket from Puerto Natales to Puedeto . When we got to the entrance, we showed our tickets, grabbed our bags, and switched buses.

Our bus driver took a break before taking us another 25 minutes up the road to the Pudeto dock. Keep asking the drivers as everyone seemed confused about what was happening.

If you’re going from East to West, the first ticket you’ll need is one to Laguna Amarga . To find these tickets, go to Bus Sur’s website and type in the destination of Torres del Paine.

In the description will be either Laguna Amarga or Pudeto. You’ll need one of each, but you will determine which you need first and last, depending on where you start.

A side note : YOU MUST PRINT OR SCREENSHOT YOUR TICKETS

Wi-fi is scarce or non-existent inside the park.

Bus Schedule

This might be confusing at first but it’ll all become clear soon. I suggest starting a notes page on your phone with your itinerary and all the needed documents in there.

Below is the bus schedule for Torres del Paine National Park in Patagonia.

Puerto Natales to Laguna Amarga & Pudeto

Current Prices (one-way): ~12,000 Chilean Pesos

Laguna Amarga to Puerto Natales

Pudeto to puerto natales.

I get it if you don’t want to take a bus and would rather drive yourself! I suggest renting a car outside of Puerto Natales as the prices will be more expensive there.

I’m unsure about driving inside the park and to which miradors are possible, but there’s a parking lot behind the Welcome Center. This is next to Refugio Torre Norte.

The Torres del Paine park entrance when hiking the W Trek in Patagonia

Things to Know When Planning the W Trek in Patagonia

The W Trek in Patagonia is a long hike and Torres del Paine doesn’t make the information easy to find.

Below will be a plethora of extra details you need to complete the self-guided hike of the W Trek!

Overview: My Itinerary (West to East)

  • Take the bus from Puerto Natales to the Park Entrance (Laguna Amarga)
  • Switch buses to go to Puedeto
  • Take the ferry to Paine Grande ($25,000)
  • Hike to Grey (11km) and hike back to Paine Grande (11km)
  • Hike from Paine Grande to Mirador Britanico (13km)
  • From Mirador Britanico, hike to Cuernos (10km)
  • Hike from Cuernos to Chileno
  • Wake up early hike from Chileno to Mirador Torres del Paine
  • After spending time at the mirador, hike down to Torres Central and the Welcome Center
  • Purchase a ticket back to the park entrance ($5,000)
  • Take the bus back to Puerto Natales

our first views of Torres during our W Trek in Patagonia

Things to Bring

Patagonia is known for its huge mood swings of weather, and I wouldn’t change that for the world. It’s what makes this area unique. But it’s a good idea to come prepared.

During the peak season, between December and February, there will be warm, cold, and rainy weather. Here are some things I suggest bringing.

  • Hiking Boots
  • Grayl Water Filter
  • Insect Rep ellent
  • Patagonia Down Sweater

Do I have to Purchase a Camping Spot in Torres Del Paine?

Unfortunately, you can’t simply show up in Torres del Paine and expect to camp for free if you have your own gear. I’ve heard many stories of other travelers not doing their research and showing up with no purchased camping spot.

A few companies own these camping spots on the W Trek in Patagonia.

  • For tents/camping spots/beds at Paine Grande, you must book a spot through Vertice Travel .
  • If you’re looking to stay the night at Cuernos, Torres Central/Norte, or Chileno, you must book through Las Torres .

How Far in Advance to Book?

Hiking in Torres del Paine National Park is one of Chile’s most popular activities. This might seem obvious to some but what isn’t so obvious is how early you must book your reservation.

From experience, my girlfriend and I tried booking in early October for late November. There were spots, but many were limited, and not everything was available in three straight days.

We ended up booking our reservations for the park for the middle of December. I’d suggest booking your reservations for Torres del Paine at least two months in advance, if not further.

You don’t need to purchase the ferry ticket in advance as this can only be bought in person with cash.

w trek patagonia booking

Entrance Fee

Unlike when doing hikes like Laguna de los Tres in El Chalten , there is an entrance fee for Torres del Paine National Park.

You can purchase the entrance tickets here . They are currently $12,000 for a 3-day or more pass.

You must download the QR code before getting on the bus, as there will be no signal once you get to the park.

How Many Days Does it Take to Hike the W Trek in Patagonia?

The days it takes to hike the W Trek in Patagonia will depend on your fitness level and if you want to take your time.

We did this trek in 3 nights and 4 days. This is the shortest time I’d ever suggest, even if you’re a fantastic hiker.

My suggestion would be to do 4 nights and 5 days. This will give you ample time to relax at the beautiful refugios and take it all in without feeling rushed.

w trek patagonia

Camping vs. Refugios

The amazing thing about this trek is that you have multiple options for your sleeping arrangements, depending on your budget.

We rented a tent and slept in the Refugio. On night one, we rented a tent with a mat, and it was honestly more comfortable than I thought it’d be!

For night two, we slept in a dorm room at the Refugio. This wasn’t too bad, but the price was almost triple that of renting a tent the previous night.

We were exhausted and wanted a good night’s sleep. We got that.

For the third night, we slept in another tent but it was large and elevated. I loved these! These were at Chileno Refuge next to Mirador Torres.

The main pros & cons for renting a tent or sleeping in the Refugio are money and if you can’t sleep well in a tent.

I’ll go over the prices of everything next.

w trek patagonia booking

How Much Does the W Trek Cost?

Hiking the W Trek in Torres del Paine is expensive. Especially when compared to other places in Patagonia like Bariloche and El Chalten .

But there’s ways to make this experience cheaper like bringing our own food and camping gear.

Overview (per person) : Our Costs

  • This price includes mats & sleeping pads for both nights we camped.
  • This price is mainly from buying dinner on nights 2 & 3. We packed our food for every breakfast and lunch.
  • Tickets (Bus + Ferry + Entrance) : 61,000 Chilean Pesos or $62 USD
  • Total Cost Per Person : $537 USD

Food Costs :

  • Breakfast = $25
  • Lunch/Box Lunch = $25
  • Dinner = $40
  • Full Board = $80
  • Breakfast = $28
  • Box Lunch = $30
  • Lunch = $50
  • Dinner = $50
  • Full Board (Breakfast/Box Lunch/Dinner) = $100
  • Half Board (Breakfast & Dinner) = $70
  • Same price as Cuernos because they are the same company.

Campsite/Refugio

  • Campsite (with own equipment) = $13
  • Simple Bed = $65
  • Bed w/ Bedding = $100
  • Premium Campsite w/ Everything = $190 single/$220 double
  • Single Bed = $144
  • Premium Tent = $200 single/$288 double

w trek patagonia booking

Which Direction is the Best for the W Trek?

This is one of the most asked questions about the W Trek in Patagonia. For me, it was quite simple.

I wanted to end this amazing adventure at the best view in the park, Mirador Torres.

Going from East to West might make more sense if you want to explore Lago Grey and do activities such as kayaking and ice trekking.

I personally loved going from West to East, and I’ll tell everyone to do this same route every time.

W Trek Patagonia Map

w trek patagonia booking

Credit goes to the Torres del Paine Website . There’s a lot of maps out there if you want something better.

How to Make Campsite/Refugio Bookings in Torres del Paine

I mentioned this earlier, but there are two separate websites you must book your accommodation through before arriving.

If you plan on taking the same route we did and going from West to East, you’ll stay at Paine Grande, Cuernos, and finally, Chileno.

Below are the websites to book each night’s stay.

  • Paine Gr a nde

W Trek vs O-Trek in Patagonia

You will hear many people humbly bragging about completing the O-trek, and as they should. It’s definitely difficult, even compared to the W Trek!

The O-trek is much longer and less commercialized in the upper sections. You create a strong bond with everyone who completes it with you.

We did the W Trek because we were short on time and didn’t have our own gear. This meant the trip would be more expensive than we could budget.

w trek patagonia booking

Is the W Trek Difficult?

Some might not agree, but the W Trek is difficult. You should only attempt it if you’re in decent hiking shape.

If you’re flying into Santiago first before completing this, there’s a hike called Cerro Manquehue . It’s one of the best views in all of Santiago!

W Trek in Patagonia Hiking Details

  • Distance:  This hike is a 45.5-mile point-to-point.
  • Duration: On average, it will take people 4 days to go up and back down. This depends on your fitness level and which route you take.
  • Difficulty:  I’d rank this hike as hard because of the amount of time it takes and the elevation gain.
  • Incline : The elevation for this hike is around 9,917 feet or 3022 meters.
  • Hiking Guide:  A guide is not needed for this hike and is easily accessible by the public

Best Places to Stay in Puerto Natales

  • Yogan House : This is the hostel we stayed at but it felt more like a really nice B&B. The rooms were amazing and it was by far the best breakfast I’ve ever had in South America.
  • Vinnhaus : If you’re looking for a stunning, centrally located hotel, this is it. There’s nothing bad I can say about this place. It honestly should cost more.
  • Hostal Boutique Factoria Patagonia : Looking for a cabin like experience in Puerto Natales? Then look no further than this spectacular Boutique hotel!

w trek patagonia booking

My Experience Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia

Hiking the W Trek was unlike anything I’ve ever experienced. I met new people and made new friends, all while taking in some of the most beautiful scenery in the world. It was priceless.

The first day was honestly one of the longest, if not the longest. We started by waking up at 6 a.m. and getting a ride to the bus station.

We took the earliest bus because we knew the day would be long. It was quite relaxing, actually, and most of the people on the bus slept.

Things started getting confusing when we arrived at the entrance two hours later. We were told to switch buses but different people kept telling us different buses.

Eventually, we found the right bus, and we were headed another 30 minutes to Pudeto.

We arrived at the dock, bought a cafe late, and waited for the ferry to arrive. You’ll pay the ferry in cash (25,000 CLP).

Once we arrived at Paine Grande, we unpacked, ate lunch and headed to see Lago Grey! We should have stayed the night here and then hiked in the morning because it was already late and we’ve been moving for quite some time now.

You can stop in different spots; you don’t have to go the entire way.

When we finally returned to Paine Grande, we cooked our dinner and immediately went to sleep.

w trek patagonia booking

The next day was another long one. All of these days were going to be quite long but the first two were the longest.

We woke up, ate breakfast and hit the trail. Our first goal was to reach Mirador Britanico and then end at Cuernos.

The hike up to this mirador is steep and adds on a lot of mileage. I don’t think going all the way to the top is worth it. Instead, you can go halfway where the views are better and go back down. It’s stunning.

There’s a refugio here, and you can leave your bags at the bottom to hike up since you’ll be coming back down.

From here, we headed to Cuernos, where we then enjoyed a nice salmon meal and a couple of beers and relaxed.

Along this trail to Cuernos, you’ll go along a beach with black and white pebbles. It was raining and the feeling was surreal.

mirador frances during the w trek in patagonia

This was the shorter day and I was excited for that. We woke up, ate breakfast, and once again got on the trail early.

The trail was relatively flat for the early section until you met back up with the trail to Chileno from Torres Central.

This part became very steep but once we reached the top, you could see the refugio. We arrived early enough to have a couple beers, take a nap, shower, all before dinner.

After dinner, we washed up and went to bed early because the next day was going to be the best of them all.

w trek patagonia booking

Day 4: The Final Day

This was it. This is what we’ve been waiting for. We woke up around 6am, ate a quick breakfast, and got on the trail.

We were actually late to the party as a lot of people who stay at Chileno end up going there for sunrise. I think there was more people there for sunrise then when we arrived around 9am.

The trail was easy at first but became steep and sometimes hard to follow. But once you make it, you’ll know.

I couldn’t stop staring at her. Torres was something from a storytale, and I didn’t want to leave.

We spent around an hour here taking photos and eating snacks before we headed down. As we started to descend, large groups were going up.

After resting at Chileno, we headed back towards Torres Central and the Welcome Center. We bought a shuttle ticket back to the entrance and that was it.

Just like that, it was over.

Mirador Torres Trail during the w trek in patagonia

Final Thoughts

I’ll be back. I told myself I needed to complete the O-trek, and I will. This hike wasn’t only about reaching Torres but everything in between, from making new friends to exploring a totally different part of the world. Patagonia is magical, and everyone should be able to explore this area one day.

Previous post

minitrekking on perito moreno in el calafate

Minitrekking on Perito Moreno Glacier Review: Complete Guide

The El Chalten sign at the beginning of town with Mount Fitz Roy in the background.

How Many Days in El Chalten: My Complete Itinerary

Related posts.

cerro manquehue santiago chile

Cerro Manquehue Hike: The Best Viewpoint in Santiago, Chile

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

about-me-image

Recent Posts

The Subway Cave Hike in Sedona: Everything You Need to Know

The Subway Cave Hike in Sedona: Everything You Need to Know

The Schnebly Hill Windows Hike in Sedona: The Complete Guide

The Schnebly Hill Windows Hike in Sedona: The Complete Guide

How Many Days in El Chalten: My Complete Itinerary

Hiking the W Trek Chile Patagonia

Ultimate Guide to Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia

Situated in the southern realms of South America , Patagonia is one of the world’s last untouched wildernesses. Chilean Patagonia is a land of towering peaks, crystal-clear rivers, blue-hazed glaciers and treeless steppe, it offers vistas like nowhere else on Earth.

Hiking W Trek Ultimate Bucket List Hikes

Often at the top of hiker’s bucket list, the region’s most celebrated trekking route, the W Trek, takes a ‘W-shaped’ path through Chile’s Torres del Paine National Park in Patagonia. There’s perhaps no better way to explore the region’s dramatic landscapes than on foot, so we’ve created a comprehensive guide with everything you need to know about hiking Patagonia’s famed W Trek.

Travel Guide to Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia

Hiking the w trek basics.

HikingtheWtrek2

While scenic, hiking the W Trek is no gentle stroll in the park. Demanding in places, it requires a good level of basic fitness to cover its 50-mile length successfully. This is not least because altitude is a significant factor on the route, topping out at more than 3,500 feet above sea level. After all, the W Trek lies deep within the southern reaches of the mighty Andes mountain range. Located within Chile’s Torres del Paine National Park , the W trek can usually be hiked in four or five days.

There are a number of options available for those looking to hike the W trek. Some choose to pre-plan the lodging, purchase a pass and do it on their own. While this is certainly an option, the lodges fill up months in advance. Another option for those that don’t want to hike the W trek alone or are booking closer to your hike date and the lodges are full, is to book a guided hike.

Guided hikes can be private or you can book a small group hike to go with a guide and some other people.

Accommodation on the W Trek

Where to stay when doing the W trek

Most of this multi-day hike will require overnight camping in tents or at a designated lodge, with hostels and hotels accessible at the start and end of the trek. Camping is only permitted with designated refuges, or refugios at Torres del Paine National Park. Keep in mind that these often get booked up a year in advance so make sure to plan ahead to get the best spots at your favorite refugio.

Lodging at the refugios are either tent camping or a shared room inside the lodge. Tents provided at the refuge are meant for the colder weather, rain and wind so they are warmer than tents you may be used to. Still, if you require the comfort of your own bed inside a warm, cozy lodge then make sure to book even further out because those rooms book up the fastest.

The upside of this arrangement is that you’ll have access to shared bathroom facilities, which generally include hot showers ideal for soothing sore muscles after a day’s walk. Refuges also have heating and electric lighting, and a communal dining room for eating meals sheltered from the elements. Most contain a small shop selling basic items.

Many of the refugios even have wifi so you can catch up on communication with loved ones. Keep in mind that the cost is much higher because it is satellite internet. You will not have cell service while hiking the W trek so make sure your loved ones are aware.

HOT TIP : If you find that individual reservations are booked up in all of the refugios, there may still be availability through a guided tour . You can join a guided hiking tour that is organized by the companies that own the shelters and this comes with a guide for your hike as well as lodging at the shelters along the way. It will be slightly more expensive than hiking and booking everything solo and you will be restricted to one company of shelters versus being able to pick and choose but the upside is your dates will be more likely to be available when planning closer to your travel date.

When to Tackle the W Trek

Beautiful waterfall in Torres del Paine National Park

Hiking the W Trek is open right throughout the year, but if you’re planning on heading along it independent of guides and tour groups you’re limited to the period between October and April. This coincides with the southern hemisphere’s summer months and is also great to combine with a visit to the beautiful Atacama desert .

Independent hiking is complicated by the fact that places at refugios need to be reserved ahead of time, and can be fully booked months in advance. This is particularly true for the high season, which lasts from December to February. The route is also at its busiest during these months, which some trekkers find takes away from the overall experience of solitude and isolation Patagonia is renowned for.

Getting Started : Where to Fly Into and How to Get There

The standard gateway to the W Trek is the town of Puerto Natales , Chile. It lies more than 1800 miles south of the Chilean capital, Santiago. Limited flights connect the airport at Puerto Natales with Santiago, and it’s often easier to fly to either Punta Arenas further south in Chile, or even to El Calafate, just across the border in Argentina.

From either of these latter airports, you’ll then have to head to Puerto Natales by road. Long distance buses cover the distance from Punta Arenas in around three hours, or around 7 hours from El Calafate including border formalities. There is also an opportunity to rent a car and drive yourself .

If coming from Argentinian Patagonia, you should arrange your visa for Chile ahead of time. However, most European, North American and Australian passport holders require nothing more than six months validity on their passport for tourist visits of less than 60 or 90 days (dependent on nationality).

Puerto Natales – The Gateway to Torres del Paine National Park

Puerto Natales Gateway to Hiking the W Trek

Puerto Natales has a good cluster of hostels and hotels that are well used to welcoming those starting or finishing hiking the W Trek. Perhaps even more helpfully, this once small fishing village has a number of stores where hikers can rent any equipment they may need. Most stay open until 8 or 9 pm, allowing you to organize any kit requirements even if you arrive later in the day.

It’s also possible to securely store gear you won’t need during the trek. Ideally, your backpack won’t weigh more than around 30 lbs.

Storage can be arranged with your guiding service if you hire a guide, with your hostel/hotel depending on where you are staying or you can rent storage at the bus station. Ask your hotel or hostel if it is possible to store some of your items while you do the W trek. If they don’t have storage available, you can store your items at the bus station. Be aware of the opening hours if you choose this option as you will only be able to drop off or pick up your items during specific hours.

Getting to the W Trek from Puerto Natales, Chile

It’s possible to walk the W Trek in either west to east or east to west directions. That said, the vast majority of trekkers start the trail at the end closest to the entry gates into Torres del Paine National Park, which means they tackle the route from west to east. In turn, starting the trek in this direction means you’re not thrown into the deep end on day one.

Several trustworthy companies run buses that drop off and pick-up hikers from the park entrances. The trip takes between two and four hours depending on which entrance is used. They all have departures in the morning from Puerto Natales, usually around 7 am. If you’re struggling to get a seat, less popular services also operate in the early afternoon, leaving Puerto Natales around 2.30 pm.

You should buy your ticket ahead of time at the company offices inside Terminal Rodoviario , where the buses depart from. You’ll find the terminus on Avenida Espana. Round trip tickets (around $20) permit a ride on any of that company’s returning buses.

Buses generally have stops at Laguna Amarga, Pudeto, and Administrativa. The stop at Laguna Amarga is primarily used by those heading along the W Trek from east to west as it connects with the minibus to Las Torres base camp.

If you’re following the majority of trekkers in starting the W Trek at its western end, you’re better off buying a ticket to either Pudeto or Administrativa. From Pudeto, a catamaran crosses Lake Pehoé in around half an hour. Its destination is Paine Grande. As it lies midway along the W Trek route, arriving via Pudeto means repeating your day one walk on day two.

A way of avoiding this is to head instead to Administrativa and then catch the three-hour ferry that travels the length of Lago (Lake) Grey towards the stunning Grey Glacier where there is a campsite.

Fees for entering the park are the equivalent of roughly $30, and can be paid in Chilean pesos, US dollars or euros. If you pay in dollars or euros try and have the exact amount and don’t rely on there being change available. There are numerous currency exchanges in Puerto Natales. Tickets last as long as you stay within the park, or for five consecutive days of entry.

W Trek Itinerary

Grey Glacier Patagonia

For those crossing Lake Grey, day one of hiking the W Trek will be mostly taken up by arrival at Grey Campsite, situated between the lake and montane forest. However, there’s still a chance to give your hiking boots a little action, with a trail leading to a viewpoint of Grey Glacier. Approximately one mile in either direction, it has an ascent and descent of around 1,200 feet in total.

If you get lucky with the weather you will have incredible views of the glacier and the glacial lake with icebergs swimming in it. The day we went was cloudy, windy and rainy making it very difficult to complete the hike. While you can’t predict the weather, be aware that the glacier creates a micro climate so just because it is sunny in other parts of the park does not mean that it will be the same nice weather near the glacier. Pack a hat and a warm jacket as it can get very cold, windy and wet.

Hiking the W Trek

Day two is usually the first full day of hiking the W Trek, with the path following the eastern shore of Grey Lake for the first third of the day’s route before moving inland.

The path is relatively gentle, and the scenery simply extraordinary from early on. The campsite of choice is called Refugio Italiano, which sits at the southern end of French Valley. In all, hikers usually take around eight hours to reach this point, covering around 13 miles and a further 1,000 feet in altitude.

frenchvalleywtrek

Day three is normally dedicated to hiking French Valley which is the favorite part of hiking the W trek for many.

Following streams and rivers much of the way north, the valley offers spectacular views of glaciers towards the lookout at Britanicos Camp, although it’s uphill all the way. After taking in the majestic scene, you then complete the central part of the ‘W’ by returning to your previous night’s camp, having covered around ten miles and another 1,000 feet in altitude.

The day’s trek usually lasts around seven hours. Just like with the previous treks, the glaciers here can create microclimates which means that the weather could be unpredictable. Parts of this trek can be especially windy so hold on to your hats!

Lago Nordenskjold Hiking the W Trek Torres del Paine National Park

Day four of the W Trek sees hikers take on the second ‘V’ of the W-shaped route, along the Sendero Paso Los Cuernos trail. Much of the day’s path follows the shores of Lago Nordenskjöld, which are typified by alpine grasslands crisscrossed by small streams. You’ll more than likely end the day at Chileno Camp, after seven hours and 12 miles of walking.

Torres del Paine the Most Beautiful Places in the World Chile Patagonia

Day five is normally the last day of hiking the W Trek, although it’s possible to cover shorter distances each day thanks to a chain of intermediate campsites along the way.

For most though, day five means the journey to the base of Los Torres mountains, which rise to a height of 9,500 feet. Heading towards their granite towers you’ll follow the sound of the River Asencio. The trek ends with a scramble over loose moraine, so be sure to save some energy.

In all, you’ll cover around nine miles in six hours, allowing plenty of time to meet the bus back to Puerto Natales.

What to Pack when Hiking the W Trek

What to Pack for Hiking the W Trek Patagonia

Camping equipment can be rented at refugios, but this will add to your costs. If you’re completing the W Trek as part of a tour , tents and meals will be prepared for you. Even so, you’ll still need some specialty equipment to finish hiking the W Trek. In addition to cold weather gear, you should take waterproof clothing, as well as a battery-operated head torch for nights in camp and early morning starts.

Weather can really vary in the summer so you will need both warm clothing on the cold days and nights and light clothing for hotter days.

Below is a brief checklist of the must have things to pack along with you so you are prepared for the elements when hiking the W trek.

While there are many tours and ways to visit Torres del Paine National park , The W Trek in Torres del Paine National Park is an ultimate bucket list experience for anyone visiting Patagonia in Chile. Taking in incredible mountain, lake and glacier views there’s really nothing else like it. Follow the recommendations in our guide to hiking the W Trek in Patagonia, and you’ll be well on your way to being able to tick off this bucket list.

Looking for more epic bucket list destinations in South America? Check out our content for Ecuador for some incredible places to explore.

w trek patagonia booking

Bucket List Places Contributors

Roatán travel guide: best things to do, where to stay, eat, drink, galapagos luxury cruise review: aboard quasar evolution 8 days/7 nights, you may also like, kenya safari travel guide: the best parks to..., san juan islands travel guide and ultimate 10-day..., a guide to thailand’s remarkable temples, 10 day alaska road trip itinerary: ultimate alaska..., atacama desert travel guide: things to do, where..., most beautiful places in ethiopia: ultimate travel guide, 10 most beautiful places in laos to visit, diving in galapagos: one of the best places..., galapagos luxury cruise review: aboard quasar evolution 8..., roatán travel guide: best things to do, where....

This website uses cookies to improve your experience. We'll assume you're ok with this, but you can opt-out if you wish. Accept Read More

Worldly Adventurer

The Ultimate Guide to Hiking the ‘W’ Trek in Torres del Paine Without A Tour

By Author Steph Dyson

Posted on Last updated: 12th December 2023

Hiking the W in Chilean Patagonia’s Torres del Paine National Park is one of the absolute highlights of a visit to Patagonia – I should know, I’ve done it twice!

Back in March 2016, I walked the Torres del Paine W trek as part of a tour around Patagonia and was so struck by the park that I returned in March 2017 to hike the Full O Circuit .

In September 2022, I returned on a third occasion, this time to explore the other attractions of Torres del Paine National Park beyond these two, multi-day hikes.

It’s fair to say that on all occasions I have fallen head over heels in love with this part of Chilean Patagonia.

The problem is, the first time I hiked the W trek in Patagonia, I did so as part of a guided tour. We were dropped off at the Pudeto ferry port on Lake Pehoé and from that point onwards barely even had to think for ourselves.

We hiked the W during the day led along the one path by our guides and arrived at night to pre-pitched tents and pre-paid food.

However, it didn’t take more than five minutes of being in the park to realize that a tour was utterly unnecessary and that trekking in Torres del Paine solo and self-guided is easy and will also save you a whole stash of money.

Click to navigate this article:

At the towers of Torres del Paine National Park after hiking up. The Torres del Paine W hike is easy to organise and arrange without a tour.

Know-before-you-go facts about the Torres del Paine W Trek

  • How long is the W trek in Torres del Paine? It’s an 80-kilometer (50-mile) hike that most do over four or five days.
  • When can you hike the W trek? The park is open year-round, however, for self-guided trekking, you can only hike between October and the end of April. If you want to hike during the winter months (May through September), you’ll need to arrange a guide. Our local partner, Chile Nativo, lead winter tours of the W trek and  offer a 5% discount to Worldly Adventurer readers  (use “Worldly Adventurer” in the referral discount box when you book!).
  • Do you need to reserve camping spots/dormitory accommodation in advance of hiking the W? Yes, you must have reservations at each of the campgrounds or dormitories in which you plan to stay during the hike. You might be required to show your reservations when you enter the park, too.
  • What about food? You can reserve full board at the campgrounds, which will include an evening meal, breakfast the day after your stay, and a packed lunch for you to take to the next campground. This typically needs to be booked in advance, although if you get to the campground early enough, you can sometimes do it on the day. Some campgrounds offer buffet dining (Grey and Paine Grande), so can be a good place to stock up on some snacks for the following day.
  • Are reservations open for the campgrounds and dormitories along the W trek for the 2023/2024 season? Yes, reservations opened in July.
  • How fit do you need to be to hike the W trek? While previous backpacking experience is not necessary, you do need a reasonable level of fitness to be able to climb up into the Frances Valley and up to the towers themselves. It’s helpful to have done a couple of practice walks, with a backpack weighing around 10 kilograms (22 pounds), in preparation for the trail.
  • Do you need to book your park entrance ticket in advance? You must book online as they are no longer accept payments at the park entrance. Book your ticket online here . You need to download the QR code in Puerto Natales while you have internet (there is no signal in the park) and may need to show a copy of your passport to prove you do not live in Chile.
  • How much does it cost to enter Torres del Paine National Park? The cost of entering the park varies according to how long you plan on staying. For up to three days in the national park, it costs $31,200 CLP ($34 USD) for adults and $16,000 CLP ($17 USD) for children aged 12 to 17. For over three days in the park, the cost is $44,500 CLP ($48 USD) for both adults and children.
  • What is the altitude of Torres del Paine National Park? The highest point in the park is the John Gardner Pass at an altitude of 1,200 meters (3,900 feet) above sea level. However, only those trekking the O Circuit are required to reach this height; all of the W trek is at altitudes below this.

Firstly though, what actually is the W? The W is a four- or five-day hike in Chilean Patagonia’s Torres del Paine National Park. It’s named the W because it follows a W-shaped route and can be hiked either from west to east (my preferred route) or from east to west.

Along the way, you stay overnight in official campgrounds, which also have indoor dormitories, covered cooking areas for campers, and restaurants where you can eat pre-ordered meals.

Is the W worth it, though? It’s one of Patagonia’s easiest multi-day hikes and, while hiking for five days might not be at the top of everyone’s to-do list, the scenery in Torres del Paine National Park makes up for the hard work! Every day has spellbinding views: whether of Grey Glacier on day one, the French Valley on day two or three, or the eponymous towers on the final day of the hike.

You’ll finish tired but truly fulfilled by the experience – and proud of yourself for having completed it! Bear in mind that the W trek is a moderately challenging hike. If you’re able to walk up to 18 kilometers (11 miles) per day (and feel like you would be able to do that over multiple days), then you will find this hike perfectly doable.

That said, the hike up to the towers on the final day of the W (or the first, if you’re hiking east to west), is classed as a difficult hike due to the elevation gain of 900 meters (2,956 ft).

Bear in mind that you will be trekking with a backpack; the contents will depend on whether you’re carrying your tent and meals or planning on renting camping equipment and paying for meals at the campgrounds en route. Before hiking up the French Valley and up to the towers, you can also leave your backpacks at the rangers’ station or campsite, which means you won’t have to carry them up much elevation.

I highly recommend that, before heading to Patagonia, you go on a couple of hikes of around 18 kilometers (11 miles) with a backpack that will mimic the weight you’ll be carrying in the park – this will also help you to break in any hiking boots you might have bought for the trek and find out if they give you blisters!

How much does it cost to hike the W?

I’ve hiked the W twice: once as part of a tour and another time independently as part of hiking the O Circuit (which is a nine- or ten-day hike circumnavigating the national park and whose final five days are the W).

On my second visit to the national park, it became clear that I really didn’t need to hike the trails using a tour company. Not only is it expensive (it costs from $1,500 USD per person), but it’s unnecessary; all of the trails are clearly marked and busy with people and it’s easy enough to make camping reservations yourself.

Hikers on the Torres del Paine W trek, Patagonia with views across Glacier Grey

Hiking the W independently costs $157,000 CLP per person ($173 USD – check here for the most up-to-date conversion), plus the cost of food .

Camping and Transport cost breakdown*

  • Return bus from Puerto Natales to Torres del Paine National Park: $13.323 CLP ($15 USD)
  • Adult entrance fee into the park: $44,000 CLP ($49 USD)
  • One-way ferry from Pudeto de Paine Grande Ranger Station: $30,000 CLP ($40 USD) 
  • Grey Campsite: $11,000 CLP (per person) ($12 USD)
  • Paine Grande Campsite: $11,000 CLP (per person) ($12 USD)
  • Francés Campsite: $31,000 CLP (per person) ($35 USD)**
  • El Chileno Campsite: $31,000 CLP (per person) ($35 USD)***

* these figures are all updated for the 2023/2024 season.

**based on two people sharing a tent

***Torres Ranger Station (the free camping closest to the towers) is closed for the foreseeable future.

Food breakdown

  • When we hiked the Full Circuit, we paid $68,620 CLP ($95 USD) between four people for all of our food. That’s $17,155 CLP ($20,5 USD) per person. No kidding.
  • So for your food budget, expect to spend no more than $10,000 CLP ($12 USD) (read this full outline of exactly what we took with us in terms of food when we walked the Circuit)

If you want to save time, the website Torres Hike can show you the availability of accommodation and allows you to book it directly through them , rather than having to go via the Vertice Patagonia and Las Torres (previously known as Fantastico Sur) websites. All you need to do is plug in your dates and it’ll show you which campgrounds and refugios are available – saving you LOTS of time. You can then book directly with them, rather than having to try and book through the other websites!

How do you make campsite and refugio bookings for Torres del Paine?

The system for making refugio and camping reservations has changed dramatically over the past couple of years and a lot of the information you find online about the subject is out of date.

I also put together this epic, 5,000-word post about securing camping reservations in Torres del Paine that literally walks you through the process. However, I highly recommend just using Torres Hike . Yes, they charge you a small fee, but it honestly saves you so much time.

The reason it’s so challenging to make reservations independently is because there are two different companies who offer campgrounds and dorms in the park and you will have to reserve some campgrounds with one on their website and some with another on their website; trust me, it’s a painful process. Save yourself the stress and hassle of doing this by using Torres Hike instead.

Reservations are now open for the 2023/2024 season. If you’re struggling to find spots for the coming season, you should also read my article about alternative ways to hike the W if you can’t get camping reservations .

You can also check out this ultimate guide to Torres del Paine National Park , covering everything from the best time to visit, to where to stay and what to do beyond the W trek.

If you’re completely baffled by the process and just want someone else to deal with it, you can book with my partner in the region, Chile Nativo , who organise, guided, self-guided and fast-track (three-day) W treks. They give a 5% discount to Worldly Adventurer readers (use “Worldly Adventurer” in the referral discount box when you book!).

What equipment do you need to hike the W without a tour?

To pay as little as possible trekking Torres del Paine solo, it does require that you have the following pieces of equipment:

  • A tent: I strongly recommend the lightweight Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 tent  ( REI | Backcountry | Amazon ), the North Face Stormbreak 2 (buy it on REI | Amazon ), or, for more room, the North Face Stormbreak 3 (buy it on ( REI ).
  • A sleeping bag: I recommend the Nemo Disco 15 for women (buy it on REI ) and for men (buy it on REI ).
  • A sleeping pad: Get a cheap foam pad ( REI | Backcountry | Amazon ) or a more comfortable Therm-a-rest Prolite (buy it on REI | Backcountry | Amazon ).
  • A headlamp : Useful for midnight toilet visits and the hike up to the towers (buy one on REI | Black Diamond | Backcountry ).
  • A cooking stove and gas: The affordable MSR PocketRocket 2 (buy it on REI | Backcountry | Amazon ) is great value for those on more of a budget, and is super lightweight.
  • Cooking pots: I recommend the MSR pots set (buy them on Backcountry | Amazon ) as they’re good quality and food will stick less, which will make them easier to clean.
  • Plates, a mug, and cutlery : A collapsible bowl is a great space saver (check out Sea to Summit on REI | Backcountry | Amazon ); I recommend a reasonably cheap, plastic mug (buy it on REI | Backcountry | Amazon ) and for cutlery, a multipurpose spork is a good choice (check them out on REI | Backcountry | Amazon ).

Torres del Paine Patagonia W trek at Cuernos campground with views across Los Cuernos

I’ve detailed exactly the items that I packed for the O Circuit in Torres del Paine (and which are still relevant to the W trek) and also what  I pack in my rucksack on a trip to Patagonia in this packing checklist . Both have a free packing checklist download, too. 

I recommend you take a look if you’re thinking of investing in camping equipment before you head over to Patagonia (something I would strongly advise if you plan on doing any other hikes or  wild camping or if you’re looking at exploring the Carretera Austral ). 

Planning Your Trip to Patagonia?

Save time, stress & money with a customized travel itinerary planned for you by a Patagonia expert

What previous clients have said:

Steph’s help laying out an itinerary for Chile was huge toward us having a great trip.  She listened to our interests and compiled a framework that we could follow to make our plans.  She included many practical tips as well as numerous options. She truly saved us many, many hours of research.

If you’re already traveling around Patagonia, what can you do to get your hands on this camping equipment for Torres del Paine?

You have three options:

Buy equipment in Punta Arenas or Puerto Natales

There is a wide range of hiking and camping equipment shops in these two towns. Punta Arenas is a tax-free zone so prices here are cheaper than you will find in Puerto Natales, although Calle Manuel Bulnes in the latter has some gear shops.

I actually found a pair of waterproof trousers for only $15,000 CLP ($18 USD) in one of the shops there, which is a lot cheaper than I thought they would be.

If you’re looking to buy equipment for camping and hiking in Torres del Paine National Park, you should be able to find everything that you need in these shops, but you will pay an elevated price for good-quality gear.

Estimated additional cost: $360,000 CLP+ ($400 USD+) per person

Rent equipment from Puerto Natales

Your second option is to rent all of your camping and cooking equipment from Puerto Natales. Yaghan House  (O’Higgins 584; contact them here to reserve; they also have a 12pm daily talk about the park) and Lili Patagonico’s  (Arturo Prat 479; you can book online here ) have cheap, good-quality rental gear. Rental Natales (you can book online) has more stock but is very expensive.

Remember to check the equipment thoroughly before committing as it does get a lot of wear and tear on the trail and you want something without holes and with zips that close to keep you warm and dry!

Estimated additional cost: $147,000 CLP ($162 USD) per person (based on two sharing) for five days’ rental

Rent equipment at each campsite in Torres del Paine National Park

Your final option is by far the most expensive. Each of the main camping grounds in Torres del Paine rents out tents, sleeping bags, and sleeping mats – but at a very high cost.

For example, in Grey campground, you can hire a two-man tent for $29,000 CLP ($32 USD), a sleeping bag for $21,000 CLP ($23 USD), and a sleeping mat for $8,000 CLP ($9 USD), bringing up your overnight cost (including the cost of the camping site) to $53,000 CLP ($58 USD) per person per night (based on two sharing).

Bear in mind, this doesn’t include the cost of hiring cooking equipment (which you can’t do at the campsites), so you will also need to pay for meals at each – an additional cost of between $55,000 CLP ($61 USD) and $80,000 CLP ($88 USD).

Estimated additional cost: $232,000 CLP ($256 USD) per person for equipment and $256,000 CLP ($282 USD) per person for full board for five days hiking the W circuit (based on two sharing).

How do you get from Torres del Paine National Park to Puerto Natales ?

It’s easy enough to get to Torres del Paine National Park with public transport.

Four companies travel from Puerto Natales to Torres del Paine each morning and all cost around $22,000 CLP ($25 USD) for a return ticket (which can be used on any of the company’s buses back from the park).

You can buy tickets online for Bus Sur (who have lots of departures); other companies do run this route, however you need to buy tickets from their offices, which are inside the Terminal Rodoviario (Av. España 1455) in Puerto Natales.

If there are a few of you, consider negotiating a group price like we did, which got us a few thousand pesos off per ticket.

It’s advisable to book your bus ticket at least a week in advance when visiting the park in high season (December through February).

Timetables for buses from Puerto Natales to Torres del Paine (east to south: Laguna Amarga, Pudeto and Administración)*

Conventionally, buses have departed from Puerto Natales and entered the park via the northeastern entrance at Laguna Amarga (for the minibus to the eastern starting point for the W), before continuing to Pudeto (for the catamaran to the western starting point for the W) and finally to Administración (not a destination along the W trek).

These now continue along to Hotel Lago Grey and stop at Camping Pehoé en route, too.

These bus timetables are below and can be booked online in advance via Bus Sur’s website:

Pre-pandemic, the following companies also offered services. However, their websites are no longer active and I can’t find them on any local booking sites.

That doesn’t mean they don’t have buses, however; if you can’t get a reservation with Bus Sur then it’s still worth going to the bus terminal in Puerto Natales as some will likely still be in operation and with similar departure times:

  • Transport Maria José (tel. 61/2410 951)
  • Buses Gómez (tel. 61/2415700)
  • JB Buses Patagonia (tel. 61/2410 242)
  • Buses Juan Ojeda (tel. 9/8943 7808)

*Service available November through April

Timetables for buses from Torres del Paine to Puerto Natales (Administración, Pudeto, Laguna Amarga)*

The following timetables are when buses can return you to Puerto Natales from the four different stops in the park. They can also be booked online and in advance via Bus Sur’s website.

Note that you have to return with the same bus company you entered the park with – you won’t be allowed on a different company’s buses. You don’t have to book a particular bus time; you will be able to turn up and get onto whichever bus you choose.

As above, there should be other companies offering buses to and from Puerto Natales into the park; visit the Terminal Rodovario in Puerto Natales to find out if you can’t make a reservation with Bus Sur.

Where do you buy your Torres del Paine entrance ticket?

The cost of entering the park varies according to how long you plan on staying. For up to three days in the park, it costs $31,200 CLP ($34 USD) for adults and $16,000 CLP ($17 USD) for children aged 12 to 17. For over three days in the park, the cost is $44,500 CLP ($48 USD) for both adults and children.

It’s no longer possible to buy your ticket at the Laguna Amarga entrance to the national park (the first stop on the bus if entering via that entrance) or at the Administración entrance (if entering via that entrance).

The signposts indicting the start of the Torres del Paine W hike Patagonia at the Paine Grande campground

You must buy it in advance online here . You must download the QR code to your phone before you enter the park (as you won’t have signal when you get there!) and bring your passport to show that you’re not a Chilean resident.

Torres del Paine W trek itineraries

Hiking in Torres del Paine National Park is significantly cheaper if you go self-guided.

There is also absolutely no chance that you’ll get lost. Believe me, the W trek is now so busy that (unfortunately) you see people all the time.

If you want to trek Torres del Paine solo, you can either hike from west to east (my preference, as I’ll go into below) or east to west.

When you enter the park and pay your fee, you will be provided with a Torres del Paine W trek map to be used when you’re walking.

Unfortunately, the map that you get from CONAF doesn’t include distances. I would strongly recommend you download Maps.me, a free app that has all the trails marked and you can use it to work out distances if required.

Itinerary one: W trek in five days with sunrise at Mirador Las Torres (west to east route)

Why hike this route:

  • This trail builds up to the most exciting part of the trek, the Mirador Las Torres viewpoint on the final day.
  • It also starts with a short first day, giving you time to get into your stride.

Want to know how to book the campsites mentioned in this itinerary? Head over to this comprehensive article about booking Torres del Paine camping or hostel accommodation . 

Map of the Torres del Paine W trek itinerary from West to East in four days

Day One: Puerto Natales to Grey

  • Distance:  11 kilometers (6.8 miles)
  • Duration: 3-4 hours hiking

6:50am Take a bus from Puerto Natales to the Pudeto (the catamaran ferry stop). You will stop at the park entrance when you first get into Torres del Paine to show your entrance ticket.

You must have bought this in advance online here and downloaded the QR code to your phone (there isn’t internet cell service at Laguna Amarga!).

9:50am Arrive at Pudeto. Queue up for the catamaran ferry across the lake.

10:30am Take the ferry across to Paine Grande*. This service is operated by  Hielos Patagonicos  ($25,000 ($30 USD) single, cash only). Tickets cannot be reserved in advance; you buy them at the ferry port.

Ferry schedules do sometimes change; you can check up-to-date ones here .

11:40am Arrive at Paine Grande and trek to Grey. The trail starts to go uphill but soon levels off and has great views of Lago Grey to keep your spirits up!

16:00pm The hike from Paine Grande takes between three and four hours so expect to arrive late afternoon at Grey to pitch your tent, meet some other hikers, and cook dinner.

Day Two: Grey to Paine Grande

  • Distance:  18 kilometers (11 miles)
  • Duration: 6-7 hours hiking

8:00am Wake up and have breakfast.

9:00am Leave your stuff at the campsite and return a few hours later to pack everything up. From the campsite, an additional one kilometre north through the forest brings you go two viewpoints lying over a kilometre from the glacier’s snout. From here, look out for enormous chunks of ice in the water.

Continue a further 2.5 kilometres (around a one-hour hike) along the path along the edge of the glacier to reach a series of two rope bridges hanging over ravines.

From here you get the best views of the glacier and, if you’re lucky and it’s a clear day, the Southern Patagonian Ice Field beyond.

Return to Grey along the same path and back to Paine Grande.

16:00pm You’ll arrive at Paine Grande at around 4pm, which is where you’ll spend the night. The facilities are great here, with a covered dining area for campers.

A drawbridge over a river on the Torres del Paine W hike Patagonia

Day Three: Paine Grande to Francés

  • Distance:  11.5 kilometers (6.8 miles) plus 9 kilometers (5.6 miles) for the extension to Mirador Británico)
  • Duration: 4 hours hiking (7.5 hours with extension to Mirador Británico)

8:00am Get up, have breakfast and pack up your tent.

9:00am Today begins with a flattish trek around Lake Nordernskjold to Guardería Italiano. You can leave your bags here with the ranger before hiking up into the Francés Valley.

Note that there’s a new trail that begins about one km (15 mins) after you leave Paine Grande. It’s a little longer – 9 km (5.6 miles) rather than 7 km (4.3 miles) – and so takes around 30 minutes longer, but it has fewer hikers on it and is really pretty.

11:00am The hike up the Francés Valley may be long or painfully short – all depending on the weather. Both times I’ve walked Torres del Paine W hike I’ve experienced dreadful weather in the Francés Valley.

This part of the hike marks the central section of the W and it’s all uphill. After an hour’s steep gradient up a rocky, slippery trail to Mirador Francés, look for Glaciar Francés as it clings to the mountainside in the west.

If you’re feeling energetic, and the weather’s playing fair, you can continue climbing to Mirador Británico (an additional 3.5 km (2 miles) each way; around three hours’ return), where you’ll view a ring of toothy granite peaks, including the park’s second most famous landmark, the three-horned Cuernos del Paine.

It’s one of the park’s most stunning viewpoints—when the sky is clear. You may even see an endangered Southern Andean huemul (a type of deer) around here.

Luckily, the hike back is downhill to return to Campamento Italiano, where you pick up your rucksack and hike the 30 minutes to reach Francés.

13:00pm-16:00pm Arrive at Francés*, pitch up and enjoy the views across the lake.

*If there is no availability at Francés when you go to make your refugio or campsite reservations , you can instead book to stay at Los Cuernos, which is a further 3.5 kilometers (one hour) from Francés.

Day Four: Francés to El Chileno*

  • Distance:  17 kilometers (10.5 miles)
  • Duration: 4-5 hours hiking

9:00am Leave the campsite and begin the trek to El Chileno, situated about two hours from the bottom of the towers.

This trek meanders alongside the lake, gaining and losing altitude as it goes, until you reach the start of the valley where it becomes all uphill. The views are incredible but if it’s sunny, it will be hot!

16:00pm Arrive at El Chileno* and pitch your tent. Get everything organised for the morning as you’ll be leaving early. Check with the staff what time sunrise will be the next morning.

*For the 2023-2024 season, and for the foreseeable future, Torres Ranger Station is not open to the public. It’s no longer as easy to get to the towers for dawn as the distance is now around four kilometres, rather than one kilometre; however, it is still possible to do it.

If you can’t get a pitch at Chileno, it is possible to hike from Torres Central/Norte ($25 USD camping pitch per person). Although you’re not officially supposed to hike from here up to the towers, you can: leave four hours ahead of sunrise. It’s an additional one-hour 45 minutes if starting from Torres Central/Norte to reach the towers.

Dawn at the towers on the Torres del Paine W trek

Day Five: El Chileno*  to Laguna Amarga and Puerto Natales

  • Distance:  13 kilometers (8 miles) plus 8 kilometers (5 miles) for the hike from the Centro de Bienvenida to Laguna Amarga)
  • Duration: 6 hours hiking (add an extra 1.5-2 hours for the hike to Laguna Amarga)

4:30am Wake up and take a small bag (including warm clothes and a snack) to see the torres at dawn. Don’t forget your torch as the route is over rocks and can be treacherous.

4:45am Start hiking up to the torres . For us at the very start of March, dawn was at about 7:15am.

8:00am Leave the torres and return to the campsite. Pack up, have breakfast start the long walk down.

12.30pm When you get to Las Torres Hotel car park, there is a shop selling ice creams. To get the shuttle minibus to take you to Laguna Amarga, you need to hike one kilometre down the road towards Torres Central/Norte to reach the Centro de Bienvenida /Welcome Centre.

Shuttles ($4,000 CLP ($6 USD) – you must pay in cash at the shuttle) leave throughout the day to take you to Laguna Amarga. Departures leave the Welcome Centre at 8am, 2pm, 4pm and 7pm daily , and take about 30 mins.

If you can face the walk, it’s about another one and a half hours to the Laguna Amarga Ranger Station where buses are waiting to pick you up.

Hiking there, you can get good views of the towers as they rise out of the Cordillera Paine if the weather is clear.

14:30pm Take the bus from Laguna Amarga back to Puerto Natales.

17:00pm Arrive in Puerto Natales bus station and go and enjoy a pint at Cerveza Baguales on the Plaza de Armas to celebrate!

If time allows, consider spending a night in Puerto Natales to explore all the town has to offer before your onward journey. Our guide to the best hotels in Puerto Natales caters for all budgets, styles and preferences.

*If you can’t get a pitch at Chileno, it is possible to hike from Torres Central/Norte ($21 USD camping pitch per person). Although you’re not officially supposed to hike from here up to the towers, you can: leave four hours ahead of sunrise. It’s an additional one-hour 45 minutes if starting from Torres Central/Norte to reach the towers.

Make sure you bring a headtorch for climbing in the dark (it will get lighter as you reach the more difficult stretch of hiking just below the towers), plus warm clothing (even including a sleeping bag) to use at the top and keep you cozy as you enjoy the sunrise.

Itinerary two: Torres del Paine W trek in four days with sunrise at Mirador Las Torres (west to east route)

Why hike this route?

  • It’s a good option if you don’t have much time

Map of the Torres del Paine W trek itinerary from west to east in four days

Day Zero – Puerto Natales to Paine Grande

  • Distance: nil
  • Duration: nil

2.30pm Catch the Bus Sur bus from Puerto Natales.

You will stop at the park entrance at Laguna Amarga when you first get into Torres del Paine to pay your entrance fee.

You must have paid for your ticket in advance online here AND downloaded the QR code; you will not find cell service or WIFI at the entrance.

Tents in the Paine Grande campsite in Torres del Paine, on the W hike Patagonia

5.15pm Arrive at Pudeto take the ferry across to Paine Grande at 6pm. This service is operated by  Hielos Patagonicos  ($25,000 ($30 USD) single, cash only).

Tickets cannot be reserved in advance; you buy them at the ferry port. Ferry schedules and prices do sometimes change; you can check up-to-date ones here and the 9am ferry only runs November through the end of March.

6.30pm Pitch up at Paine Grande, have some dinner and then have an early night in preparation for a long day’s hiking tomorrow.

Day One – Paine Grande to Paine Grande

  • Distance:  22 kilometers (14 miles) plus 7 kilometers (4.3 miles) if you hike to the last viewpoint)
  • Duration: 7-9 hours hiking

7:00am Get up, have breakfast, and pack up your tent.

08:00am Take the trail towards Grey; it starts uphill but soon levels off and has great views of Lago Grey to keep your spirits up!

If you’re fit, you can hike an additional one kilometre north through the forest brings you go two viewpoints lying over a kilometre from the glacier’s snout. From here, look out for enormous chunks of ice in the water.

Turn back and return the way you came, past Grey and then back to Paine Grande.

17:00pm  Arrive late afternoon back at Paine Grande to meet some other hikers and cook dinner.

Day Two – Paine Grande to Frances

9:00am  Hike to the ranger station, Guardaria Italiano (around two hours), where you leave your rucksack with the ranger. You’ll pick it up on your way back down from the Francés Valley.

The hike up the Francés Valley may be long or painfully short – all depending on the weather. Both times I’ve walked Torres del Paine W hike I’ve experienced dreadful weather in the Francés Valley.

If you’re feeling energetic, and the weather’s playing fair, you can continue climbing to Mirador Británico (an additional 3.5 km each way; around three hours’ return), where you’ll view a ring of toothy granite peaks, including the park’s second most famous landmark, the three-horned Cuernos del Paine.

Luckily, the hike back is downhill to return to Italiano, where you pick up your rucksack and hike the 30 minutes to reach Francés.

*If there is no availability at Francés when you go to make your refugio or campsite reservations , you can instead book to stay at Los Cuernos, which is a further 3.5 kilometres (one hour) from Francés.

The Torres del Paine W circuit path leading up to the Torres

Day Three: Francés to El Chileno*

9:00am Leave the campsite and begin the trek to El Chileno, situated about two hours from the bottom of the towers. This trek meanders alongside the lake, gaining and losing altitude as it goes, until you reach the start of the valley where it becomes all uphill.

The views are incredible but if it’s sunny, it will be hot!

*For the 2023-2024 season and for the foreseeable future, Campamento Torres, the campground just below the towers, is not open to the public. It’s no longer as easy to get to the towers for dawn as the distance is now around four kilometres, rather than one kilometre; however, it is still possible to do it.

Day Four: El Chileno* to Laguna Amarga and Puerto Natales

Shuttles ($4,000 CLP ($6 USD) – you must pay with cash in the shuttle) leave throughout the day to take you to Laguna Amarga. Departures are at 8am, 2pm, 4pm, 7pm and takes about 30 minutes.

All You Need to Know About Hiking the Torres del Paine O Circuit Story Poster Image

*If you can’t get a pitch at El Chileno, it is possible to hike from Torres Central/Norte ($25 USD camping pitch per person). Although you’re not officially supposed to hike from here up to the towers, you can: leave four hours ahead of sunrise.

Make sure you bring a headtorch for climbing in the dark (it will get lighter as you reach the more difficult stretch of hiking just below the towers), plus warm clothing (even including a sleeping bag) to use at the top and keep you cosy as you enjoy the sunrise.

Itinerary three: Torres del Paine W hike in five days (east to west route)

Why hike this route: 

  • Not only do you get to complete the W, it gives you time for a bonus extra hike to the Los Cuernos or Salto Grande viewpoints.

Want to know how to book the campsites mentioned in this itinerary? Head over to this comprehensive article about booking Torres del Paine camping or hostel accommodation .

Map of the Torres del Paine W trek itinerary from East to West in five days

Day One: Puerto Natales to Mirador Las Torres & Torres Central/Norte

  • Distance: 18.4 kilometers (11.4 miles) 
  • Duration: 6-7 hours hiking 

6:45am Take a bus from Puerto Natales to Laguna Amarga. You can book tickets online with Bus Sur or go to the bus station in Puerto Natales the day before you start hiking and book with them or one of the other companies there. 

8:45am Arrive at Laguna Amarga. Show your entrance ticket at the ranger’s station.

9:00am To get to the start of the W, you need to take a shuttle bus ($4,000 CLP ($6 USD) – you must pay in cash at the shuttle) to the Centro de Bienvenida (Welcome Centre). 

Departures theoretically leave from Laguna Amarga at 9am, 3pm,  5pm and 8pm daily , and take about 30 mins. However, Las Torres (who run the shuttle service) have assured me that the shuttle bus awaits the arrival of the bus from Puerto Natales and will take all passengers that are waiting to board – sending for a second shuttle if there are more passengers than seats. 

9.30am You’ll be staying overnight at the Torres Central/Norte campground, so check in and leave your big bags and take warm layers, food, and plenty of water for the hike up to the towers. 

Start hiking up to the torres . It’s all uphill and it can be quite steep at points, but it’s worth the effort! All in all, you gain around 800m (2,620 feet).

A hiker stands on a rock in front of Laguna Torres in Torres del Paine National Park along the W hike, a must-visit destination for any Patagonia itinerary

Take your time, drink plenty of water, and relax when you get to the top. 

13:30pm Arrive at Mirador Las Torres and enjoy the views. 

15.00pm Start hiking back to the campsite; you’re trekking back the way you came. 

17.00pm Pitch your tent, have dinner, and relax! 

Day Two: Torres Central/Norte to Francés 

  • Distance: 14.5 kilometers (9 miles) 
  • Duration: 5.5 hours hiking

9:00am Get up, have breakfast and pack up your tent.

10:00am You leave Torres Central heading west and reach Lago Nordernskjold. The trail meanders alongside the lake, gaining and losing altitude as it goes. The views are incredible but if it’s sunny, it will be hot!

15:30pm Reach Francés campground, where you’ll stay tonight. Pitch up and enjoy views across the lake. Bear in mind that check-in at Francés doesn’t start until 2.30pm and hot showers aren’t available until 5pm, so take your time on the hike. 

Day Three: Francés to Mirador Británico & Paine Grande

  • Distance: 14 kilometers (8.6 miles) from Francés to Mirador Británico and 7 kilometers (4.3 miles) from Guardería Italiano to Paine Grande
  • Duration: 5.5 hours hiking from Francés to Mirador Británico and 2.5 hours from Guardería Italiano to Paine Grande

9:00am If the weather is good, today is going to be a long day as you climb up into the Francés Valley. Both times I’ve walked Torres del Paine W hike I’ve experienced dreadful weather in the Francés Valley.

From Francés, head west along the path beside the lake to reach Guardería Italiano, a rangers’ station and former (now defunct) campground. Here, you can drop your big rucksacks; just take warm clothing and food for the hike up to the Mirador Británico* (British Viewpoint). This part of the hike marks the central section of the W and it’s all uphill. After an hour’s steep gradient up a rocky, slippery trail to Mirador Francés, look for Glaciar Francés as it clings to the mountainside in the west.

Views across the amphitheatre of the Cordillera Paine at the Mirador Britanico, accessible on a two-day hike in Torres del Paine National Park, Patagonia

Luckily, the hike back is downhill to return to Guardería Italiano. Pick up your bags and take the new trail that begins just after the rangers’ station; take the lefthand fork that follows closer along the lake. It’s a little longer – 9 kilometers (5.6 miles) rather than 7 kilometers (4.3 miles) – and so takes around 30 minutes longer, but it has fewer hikers on it and is really pretty.

18:30pm Arrive at Paine Grande, pitch your tent and enjoy a hot shower!

*You’re only allowed to start hiking up to the viewpoint until midday, so don’t delay getting to the rangers’ station – although this rule isn’t always enforced!

Day Four: Paine Grande to Grey & Puerto Natales

  • Distance: 11 kilometers (6.8 miles) plus six kilometers (3.7 miles) to reach rope bridges
  • Duration: 4 hours hiking plus 1.5 hours to reach rope bridges

10:00am Take the trail heading north to Grey. It starts by going uphill but soon levels off and has great views of Lago Grey to keep your spirits up! It takes between three and four hours. 

14:00pm Arrive at Grey, where you can leave your big bags. From the campsite, an additional one kilometre north through the forest brings you to two viewpoints lying over a kilometre from the glacier’s snout. From here, look out for enormous chunks of ice in the water.

A person sites on a rock overlooking Lago Grey and Glaciar Grey on the W trek in Torres del Paine, Patagonia's top hiking destination

From here you get the best views of the glacier and, if you’re lucky and it’s a clear day, the Southern Patagonian Ice Field beyond. Return back to Grey. 

16:00pm Arrive at Grey, pitch up and relax – you’ve almost finished the hike!

Day Five: Grey to Paine Grande and Puerto Natales

  • Distance: 11 kilometers (6.8 miles) plus 2.3 kilometers (1.4 miles) to the Cuernos Viewpoint
  • Duration: 4 hours hiking 

7:00am Get up, pack up your tent, and have breakfast. Return to Paine Grande along the same path.

10:30am Join the queue for the ferry to Pudeto.

11:00am Take the ferry to Pudeto. This service is operated by Hielos Patagonicos ($25,000 ($30 USD) single, cash only). Tickets cannot be reserved in advance; you buy them at the ferry port.

11:30am Arrive at Pudeto. From here, you can either have lunch in the tiny cafeteria at the ferry dock or you can hike from Pudeto to the Cuernos Viewpoint, a 2.3-kilometer (1.4-mile) one-way hike from the ferry dock; it should take you around an hour each way and grants you incredible views west and east along the Paine Massif range.

A shorter option is the 600-meter (0.3-mile) trail to the Salto Grande Waterfall, which has stunning views of Los Cuernos behind it., 

2:30pm Take the bus from Pudeto back to Puerto Natales. You should arrive around 5.05pm. 

Itinerary four: W trek in five days with sunrise at Mirador Las Torres (east to west route)

  • You get to see the sunrise at Mirador Las Torres and hiking to it on your first day means your legs won’t be as tired. 

Map of the Torres del Paine W trek itinerary from East to West in five days

Day Zero: Puerto Natales to El Chileno

  • Distance: 5 kilometers (3miles) 
  • Duration: 2 hours hiking 

12:00pm Take a bus from Puerto Natales to Laguna Amarga. 

2.00pm Arrive at Laguna Amarga. Show your entrance ticket at the ranger’s station.

2.30pm To get to the start of the W, you need to take the shuttle bus ($4,000 CLP ($6 USD) – you must pay in cash at the shuttle) to the Centro de Bienvenida (Welcome Centre). 

Tents between the trees at El Chileno in Torres del Paine National Park in Patagonia

3pm Start hiking up to El Chileno, the closest campground to Mirador Las Torres, the famed viewpoint of the towers. This is the smallest campground, so sells out fast.

If you can’t get a spot here, you’ll need to camp at Torres Norte/Central and hike four hours tomorrow to reach the viewpoint. 

5pm Arrive at El Chileno. Set up your tent, have dinner and relax. 

Day One: El Chileno to Mirador Las Torres and then Los Cuernos 

  • Distance: 19.4 kilometers (12 miles)
  • Duration: 6.5 hours hiking 

4:30am Wake up and take a small bag (including warm clothes, a sleeping bag, and a snack) to see the torres at dawn. Don’t forget your torch as the route is over rocks and can be treacherous.

8:00am Leave the mirador and return to the campsite. Pack up, have breakfast start the walk down. When the trail splits, you’ll need to take the righthand path that goes alongside Lago Nordenskjöld.

Jagged mountain peaks overlooking a glacial lake. Best Places to Hike in South America.

This trek meanders alongside the lake, gaining and losing altitude as it goes. The views are incredible but if it’s sunny, it will be hot!

3:00pm Arrive at Los Cuernos*, pitch up and relax. 

*If there is no availability at Los Cuernos, when you go to make your refugio or campsite reservations , you can instead book to stay at Francés, which is a further 3.5 kilometers (one hour) beyond Los Cuernos.

Day Two: Los Cuernos to Paine Grande

  • Distance: 17.5 kilometers (10.8 miles) from Los Cuernos to Mirador Británico and 7 kilometers (4.3 miles) from Guardería Italiano to Paine Grande
  • Duration: 6.5 hours hiking from Francés to Mirador Británico and 2.5 hours from Guardería Italiano to Paine Grande

7:00am Get up, have breakfast and pack up your tent.

8:00am Today begins with the path alongside Lake Nordernskjold to Guardería Italiano. You can leave your bags here with the ranger before hiking up into the Francés Valley to Mirador Británico*.

10:30am The hike up the Francés Valley may be long or painfully short – all depending on the weather. Both times I’ve walked Torres del Paine W hike I’ve experienced dreadful weather in the Francés Valley.

A huemul looks at the camera in Torres del Paine National Park, Patagonia, a possible sighting on a day hike

Luckily, the hike back is downhill to return to Campamento Italiano. From there, pick up your rucksack and hike the two remaining hours to reach Paine Grande. 

Note that there’s a new trail that begins just after Campamento Italiano; take the lefthand fork that follows closer along the lake. It’s a little longer – 9 km (5.6 miles) rather than 7 km (4.3 miles) – and so takes around 30 minutes longer, but it has fewer hikers on it and is really pretty.

17:00pm-18:00pm Arrive at Paine Grande, pitch up and enjoy the views across the lake.

Day Three: Paine Grande to Grey and back to Paine Grande

9:00am Hike from Paine Grande to Grey; you can leave everything in your tent, except the items you need for today. The trail starts to go uphill but soon levels off and has great views of Lago Grey to keep your spirits up! 

13:00pm Arrive at Grey. From the campsite, an additional one kilometre north through the forest brings you to two viewpoints lying over a kilometre from the glacier’s snout. From here, look out for enormous chunks of ice in the water.

w trek patagonia booking

15:00pm Return to Grey along the same path and back to Paine Grande.

19:00pm Arrive at the campground, relax, have dinner and enjoy the feeling of finishing the trek!

Day Four: Paine Grande to Puerto Natales

  • Distance: N/A
  • Duration: N/A

9.00am Join the queue for the ferry to Pudeto.

9:30am Take the ferry to Pudeto. This service is operated by Hielos Patagonicos ($25,000 ($30 USD) single, cash only). Tickets cannot be reserved in advance; you buy them at the ferry port.

10:00am Arrive at Pudeto.

10.30am Take the bus from Pudeto to Puerto Natales and celebrate your successful completion of the W!

Top tips for hiking the Torres del Paine W Trek self-guided

A view of the Torres del Paine towers on the W circuit, Patagonia

Having now been hiking in Torres del Paine National Park twice, I’ve learned a few important tips that have kept me happy, sane and comfortable en route :

Top equipment tips

  • Camping in Torres del Paine at Francés, Los Cuernos, and El Chileno is on wooden platforms. If you plan to stay at any of these campsites, you will need extra cord or string to help you attach your tent without using pegs.
  • Bring a range of warm and wet weather clothing. Check out my packing list for hiking the Circuit in Torres del Paine for the full guide to the clothing that I packed for the trip (and which is also a good guide to what to pack for the W). It also includes a free, downloadable checklist. 
  • Bring a book or some cards for the evenings as you tend to finish hiking quite early and if it’s cold and wet, you’ll want to retire to the shelters with something to do.
  • Having a lightweight tent really does make a difference camping on this trek. Have a look at my review of the Big Agnes HVUL2 , the really lightweight backpacking tent that we used for the O Circuit.
  • If you’re carrying all of your own equipment, a 60-litre rucksack should be big enough.
  • Pack all of your clothes into dry bags (better than a bin bag which can easily rip). The weather changes rapidly and on days when it’s pissing it down, you’ll welcome the fact that your sleeping bag and clothes are dry. I recommend the Sea to Summit dry bags (buy them on REI | Amazon ).
  • Bring a rucksack cover. I’ve heard mixed advice on this one, but a rucksack cover kept our bags dry (and so lighter) when we were hiking in Torres del Paine National Park and no, they didn’t blow away in the wind. If your rucksack doesn’t come with its own, you can find them in various sizes on | Osprey | Amazon (make sure it’s the correct size for your bag – otherwise it will blow away!).

Top food tips

  • There is a much wider (and cheaper) selection of food in the supermarkets in Punta Arenas than in the one Unimarc supermarket in Puerto Natales. I recommend doing your food shop there before you take the bus to Puerto Natales. We left the stuff we didn’t need in our hostel in Punta Arenas.
  • You can also buy trekking food and bring it with you , but it’s heavier and far more expensive than organising your food when you get to Puerto Natales.
  • Pack everything into zip-lock plastic bags and bin all the original packaging that you can to save on carrying any extra weight. Also, don’t bring the full pack of rice if you’re only going to eat half of it – every bit of weight counts!
  • You can buy basic staples (pasta, biscuits, tomato puree etc.) from the shops at Paine Grande, Grey, Francés and El Chileno to stock up on supplies. It’s pretty expensive, but totally worth it. They also all stock beer – an additional expense that I didn’t include in the costings for the W trek!
  • You don’t need to bring water with you as it’s available from all the glacier meltwater streams that you’ll run into along the W and is drinkable from the taps at each of the campsites. If you’re nervous about drinking the water, you can also bring a Steripen  (read my review of the Steripen Adventurer  or buy one from  Amazon or buy a newer Steripen UV Ultra from REI ) to zap anything that might be nasty or a Grayl ( REI | Backcountry | Amazon ) – find out why I recommend these water filters for South American travel .
  • My dad is a pro at packing food for multi-day treks. Read what food we took with us for the O Circuit (and which you can use as a guide for the W too).
  • You will need Chilean pesos on you for the park as nowhere accepts cards. You’ll need $25,000 CLP ($35 USD) for the catamaran ferry and then extras for additional food, beer, and anything else you want to buy.

cooking and camping in Torres del Paine on the W circuit

Camping in Torres del Paine

The following summarises some of the main points about booking campsites and refugios in Torres del Paine for the W trek, but you can get a full overview of how to book campsites in Torres del Paine  with this article updated for the 2023/2024 season.

Reservations with Las Torres and Vertice Patagonia

You will need to book your campsites in Torres del Paine in advance. For example, in August 2022, many of the campsites and refugios were fully booked for December through February 2023, which just shows how far in advance it gets booked up.

Before you start panicking, what happens each year is that reservations free up again in September/October, probably due to the fact that tour agencies in Puerto Natales make mass reservations for the high season, and then cancel them when they don’t fill the bookings.

If you need anything planned well in advance, then this isn’t going to suit your plans. If your plans are a little more open and you can wait until closer until the time (and keep checking back to see if any spots have opened up), then you should still be able to hike the W during these months.

My recommendation would be to hike outside of these months anyway (November or March) to avoid the crowds as much as possible, but either way, you still MUST SECURE YOUR RESERVATIONS with Las Torres (Francés, Los Cuernos, El Chileno) and Vertice Patagonia (Paine Grande and Grey).

If you’re trying to get a space last-minute, you can always pop into either of their offices in Puerto Natales and see if they can book you in. I’ve heard of people having success with this with only a day or two’s notice.

Reservations with CONAF

For the 2023/2024 season, and for the foreseeable future, all of the CONAF campsites remain closed.

Upgrade your solo Torres del Paine W trek, Patagonia with these changes

If you’re not so bothered about hiking the W in Torres del Paine National Park on a complete budget, consider making the following small tweaks to your itinerary.

Camping and accommodation in Torres del Paine along the W circuit, Patagonia

Stay overnight at Los Cuernos ($80,000 CLP ($88 USD) per person full board) instead of Francés

Again, this is only really possible if you stay overnight on Day Two in Paine Grande. When we hiked the Full Circuit, we decided to treat ourselves to an all-inclusive night at Los Cuernos.

This meant we still pitched our own tent on a wooden platform, but we had a three-course dinner, breakfast, and packed lunch for the next morning, which reduced the amount we had to pack in our rucksacks for the hike.

The food from Las Torres (previously known as Fantastico Sur) is much better than Vertigo Patagonia too, so I would recommend this instead of eating in the big canteen at Paine Grande.

Los Cuernos now offers camping sites without full board (previously you had to pay for full board at this campsite).

This means that for $25 USD per person you can pitch up your own tent here. They also offer half-board options priced at $62 USD per person, which include dinner and breakfast.

Book full board and a tent or bed at each campsite

You can rent gear and get food at all campgrounds, so if you don’t want to carry anything, then you can also book this way!

Bear in mind that full board at Los Cuernos comes in at $158 USD per person for a fully-equipped tent and full board – so it certainly won’t come cheap!

Did you find this guide to the Torres del Paine W hike useful? Pin it!

Read this complete guide to hiking the Torres del Paine W trek in Patagonia without a tour, fully updated for the 2018/2019 trekking season. Everything you need to know about hiking routes, camping and accommodation and costs. #TorresdelPaine #Chile #hikingchile #torresdelpainetrekking #torresdelPaineWTrek #patagaonia #worldlyadventurer #hikingpatagaonia #travelsouthamerica #treksinchile

Helen Turner

Sunday 4th of February 2024

Excellent article. Plenty of food for thought. Thankyou

Steph Dyson

Friday 9th of February 2024

Thanks Helen! Steph

Sunday 26th of November 2023

We were hoping to hike to Refugio Grey, then take the Navigation boat toward Hotel Grey, then take a shuttle to our car at Pudeto. But I'm not sure how the timing works out. If we take the 14:00 navigation from Refugio Grey, is there time to make the last shuttle from Hotel Grey?

Tuesday 28th of November 2023

Hi Karen, I'm not sure. You would need to go off the timings on the Hotel Grey website or reach out to them directly. Steph

Jonny Collins

Tuesday 24th of October 2023

Thank you for your brilliant blog posts on all things South America - they're perfect for someone like me that loves knowing the logistics of our upcoming trips! My wife and I were meant to visit Patagonia for the first time in 2020 as part of a wider trip that was cut short due to COVID - we read your blog posts at the time whilst planning. We're finally planning to visit in 2024!

Unfortunately due to work commitments we are not able to take more than two weeks off and it is making our itinerary from the UK quite tight (we want to get to El Calafete and El Chalten in the same trip).

Whilst I appreciate you recommend doing the W Trek in 4 or 5 days, we are considering doing it in 3 days (we are experienced hikers and have done multi day hikes before). We had always planned hiking West to East. For the most even split on distance it seems that staying at Paine Grande and Los Cuernos would work best. We're really keen to see the towers at sunrise but appreciate that staying at Paine Grande and Torre Norte to do this would result in a very big second day. We have thought of two alternatives:

Option 1 (West to East): Night 1: Campo Italiano Night 2: Torre Norte

Option 2 (East to West): Night 1: Refugio Chileno Night 2: Campo Italiano

We've not considered yet if these options work with bus and ferry timetables. Do you think either of the above options are feasible to do the hike in 3 days and get to see the towers at sunrise? If not is there an alternative that might work, or if we do the trek in 3 days do we need to accept that we would not be able to see the towers at sunrise?

Any advice on the 'best' way to do the W trek in 3 days would be much appreciated. Apologies if anyone has asked this before! Thanks in advance :)

Sunday 28th of January 2024

Hi Steph, Thank you for your reply. In the end we decided to find an extra day from elsewhere in the trip so that we could do the W Trek and not miss out on anything! Thanks again for your help and for keeping this brilliant blog post up to date!

Thursday 23rd of November 2023

Hi Jonny, Italiano isn't open any more unfortunately. I would recommend just doing day hikes rather than the W. That way, you can actually enjoy your day hikes and not worrying about trying to cover the ground quickly. Steph

Tuesday 10th of October 2023

Great post, thank you! A group of five of us is heading to TDP to do the W-trek in January 2024. Very excited! We're flying from Santiago (SCL); is Puerto Natales a great option to fly into? I heard the drive to TDP from P. Natales is shorter than when coming from P. Arenas? It seems SKY airline has some flights during our time frame. Any great spot to hang out or visit at in P. Natales?

Hi LuAnn, yes you can fly directly into Puerto Natales. Steph

Wednesday 22nd of March 2023

Hi Steph! Can you please provide link where it is stated that a guide is required for hiking in May in Torres del Paine? I had not come across this requirement yet. Thank you!

Thursday 23rd of March 2023

Hi Megan, it's something I was told in a conversation with CONAF, the national parks office. You can reach out to them https://www.conaf.cl/parques/parque-nacional-torres-del-paine/ Steph

Groovy Mashed Potatoes - Travel Blog

Groovy Mashed Potatoes - Travel Blog

Unique travel experiences, fun itineraries & offbeat places to help you plan your dream trip

Self Guided W Trek - The Best W Trek Route and W Trek Itinerary

Self Guided W Trek - The Best W Trek Route and W Trek Itinerary

Hiking the Torres Del Paine W Trek in Patagonia is a bucket list item for many. Doing the W Trek without a guide is the most cost efficient way to trek through the park and it feels very rewarding to do it yourself.

However, sorting out the W Trek was one of the most challenging bookings we have made to this day. Non English websites, sparse accredited blog coverage on routes, and limited availability due to popularity, made for a difficult journey before we even got to the park.

We have put together a clear and concise way to plan and book your self-guided W trek , including the best W Trek route with a map and W Trek itinerary with hiking distances.

Best time to visit Torres Del Paine

w trek patagonia booking

You want to have the best chance possible of seeing the towers in clear light. The weather can be treacherous in these mountains, so the best time to hike the W Trek is in the summer months from November to March. During the months outside of summer, most of the services at main lodging companies are closed and the days will also be shorter and cloudier.

How to book refugios and campsites in Torres Del Paine

w trek patagonia booking

Torres Del Paine National Park has been split up so you must book your sites with at least two of three companies operating campsites there. The first two companies, Fantasticosur and Vertice , have paid refugios (lodges and campsites) where you can either reserve a spot to pitch your tent, rent a tent, or stay in the lodge.

CONAF on the other hand, is a non-profit organization that offers free camping. The CONAF site at Italiano is extremely basic with no lodge, but hey it's free! Whichever you choose, you'll need to book your accommodation through their online booking systems.

Beautiful and strategic sites like Glacier Grey and Chileno book up fast. Book the refugios as far in advance as you can to ensure you get the sites you want.

Top booking tip:

Bookings for the following year's season open around the middle of May. For example, bookings open in May 2020 for the November 2020 - April 2021 season. Message the companies, Vertice and Fantasticosur, directly in advance and ask if they can email you once reservations open up. We got our emails and booked right away!

Should you travel the W Trek east to west or west to east?

This question left us scratching our heads until we finished our trek. There are pros and cons of each. We hiked the 'W' from the left to the right which starts at Paine Grande and ends at Torres Central, but would actually recommend hiking from east to west , since its pros outweigh the cons and the itinerary works out a bit better.

W Trek Map with our Refugio & Campsite ratings

w trek patagonia booking

What we did and why it wasn't as great:

We hiked the W Trek from left to right and stayed 5 nights. We stayed in Glacier Grey, Paine Grande, Cuernos, and Toores Central (2 nights).

Ultimately, the views are better and the itinerary works more nicely hiking the W Trek from right to left.

The drawbacks of our original route:

  • On the way to the start of our trek, we almost didn't make the catamaran from Pudeto to Paine Grande due to the long line up of people (it's first come, first served). If we missed it we would have had to either wait 3 hours for the next ferry or hike an additional five hours to the start of our trek at Paine Grande.
  • Staying at Torres Central rather than Chileno added an extra 5 km total to our whole trek . It is a 1 km hike from the campsite to the main trail on a gravel road, which is included in the 5km total.  
  • Torres Central feels as if you are not actually on the trek. The camp and refugio is located on a road with tour busses and other vehicles driving by. The service was also the worst we experienced out of all refugios.
  • We had to spend an additional night in Torres Central so we could avoid rushing our hike up to the towers and back in order to catch the bus.
  • The view from Cuernos to Chileno wasn't as nice as the other way around since the sun wasn't in our favour.

The benefits of our original route:

  • Saving the crown jewel, the three Torres Del Paine, for last. After the multi-day trek it was satisfying to finish with the a view of the famous centrepiece of the park.
  • The first two days of the trek covering the Paine Grande to Glacier Grey then back the next day to Paine Grande are the easiest of the trek. It was nice to warm our muscles up and get used to our packs before the harder hiking days.

Will all of these factors in mind, we came up with the ideal itinerary we would use next time!

The Best W Trek Route

  • Day 1: Arrive at Torres Central, hike up to the three Towers and back down to Chileno (13.8km)
  • Day 2: Chileno to Cuernos (13km)
  • Day 3: Cuernos to Frances Valley and back down to Paine Grande (21.5km)
  • Day 4: Paine Grande to Grey (11km)
  • Day 5: Grey to Pudeto where you catch your bus back to Puerto Natales (11km)

W Trek Map with Recommended Route

w trek patagonia booking

W Trek Itinerary Breakdown

Day 1: puerto natales - las torres hotel - towers lookout - chileno (7 hour hike, 13.8km, 750m ascent, 400m descent).

w trek patagonia booking

Highlight: Today you will see the crown jewel of the park, the granite towers!

Your first task is getting to the park entrance (Amarga) from Puerto Natales. After your 2 hour bus ride, pay the park fee (cash only) and then take a shuttle to Los Torres Hotel.

  • 🚌 Buy your bus ticket to the park entrance (Amarga) through Busbud .
  • 💳 If you want to buy your park pass by credit card, you have to purchase it online at least 24 hours in advance through aspticket.cl .

Congratulations, you made it. Time to start hiking! From Las Torres Hotel to Chileno it's a 5 km hike with a total ascent of 325 m. Careful on your way, there are very high winds as you enter the valley, so hike slowly and crouch down if a gust catches you off step. Drop off your bags/tent in Chileno where you will be staying the night and take some water. It's much easier hiking with just a day pack up to the spectacular granite peaks. From Chileno, the roundtrip distance to the Towers Lookout is 7.8 km.

Read our article on a ll you need to know about the Chileno refugio.

The weather is crazy in this area. We had two snow storms on our way mixed with sunny blue skies. The last half of the hike to the towers is tough and includes scrambling up large rocks. The 90 km/hour winds didn't help! When we reached the top we were sad to see the towers completely covered by cloud and yet another snow storm. However, we waited patiently beside a large rock for 45 minutes and the weather cleared up to perfect sunny blue skies! Seeing Torres Del Paine in real life was breathtaking.

Top Tip: There are weather reports posted at Chileno, so consider staying a bit or heading off right away depending on the hourly cloud cover forecast.

Day 2: Chileno to Cuernos (4 hours, 13km, 125m ascent, 406m descent)

w trek patagonia booking

Highlight: Passing the multi coloured lakes and relaxing at the lovely Cuernos camp.

Today you will have spectacular views of the lake as you walk through otherworldly landscapes. The hike is relatively easy with a total descent of 406 meters and a small 125 m ascent in the middle of your hike.

Cuernos was our favourite refugio we stayed at. It didn't feel too busy and we got to pitch our tent on a wooden tent pad overlooking the beautiful lake! It's the perfect place to relax after your long first day.

Read our article on what to know about the Cuernos refugio .

Day 3: Cuernos to Britanico to Paine Grande (10 hours, 21.5 km, 550m ascent, 600m descent)

w trek patagonia booking

Highlight: Seeing the very much alive Frances Glacier drop massive chunks of ice with a thunderous roar.  

Today will be your longest hiking day. Once you reach the Italiano campsite, drop your bags off to lessen your load for the return hike to Frances Lookout and Britanico. It was partly cloudy when we hiked, but we were lucky to see Frances Glacier and even see and hear the thunderous roar of ice breaking and falling!

Since the clouds were rolling in we decided to stop at Frances lookout and forgo hiking to Britanico further up the mountain. We heard mixed reviews about Britanico and that it wasn't any more spectacular than the view at Frances Lookout. To shorten your hike, you could opt to stop at Frances Lookout and forgo Britanico. This would take about 5 km and 2.75 hours off your total journey that day. Shortcut!

After picking up your bags from Italiano, it is a 2.5 hour easy hike to Paine Grande with small ups and downs on the way.

Read our article on what to know about the Paine Grande refugio .

Day 4: Paine Grande to Grey Lodge (3.5 hours, 11 km, 200m ascent, 185m descent)

w trek patagonia booking

Highlight: You will see views of Grey Lake and small icebergs before the grand finale views of the massive Grey Glacier.

Watch out for the huge gusts of wind coming at you from the front. Once you reach Refugio Grey it's about a 10 minute walk from there to the Grey Glacier lookout point. You don't want to miss it!

Read our article on what to know about the Grey refugio .

Day 5: Grey to Paine Grande (3 hours, 11 km, 185 ascent, 200 m descent) & back to Puerto Natales

w trek patagonia booking

Highlight: Today is an easy hiking day with the wind at your back and your last of the trip, so enjoy the views!

It's only 11 km to Paine Grande where you'll catch the catamaran to Pudeto and a bus back to Puerto Natales  (30 minute catamaran & 2 hour bus ride). Hiking this direction is a lot faster and less effort so it's a nice way to end off the trip.

The catamaran is first-come-first-serve so arrive early to ensure you get a seat. The ferry times change depending on the time of year but the last ferry from Paine Grande to Pudeto will take multiple trips to ensure everyone waiting gets across. No stress and you can get yourself a victory cocktail at the Paine Grande refugio while you wait. The catamaran costs 25,000 CLP ($30 USD) one way and you pay for your ticket with cash inside the boat. Once at Pudeto, you'll catch your bus back to Puerto Natales.

Meal options at the refugios and campsites

w trek patagonia booking

There are a few options for eating while you're on the trek. You can cook, or you can have the cooking done for you. We found it really nice to come into the big lodges and have a seat out of the rain and wind to a nice warm prepared meal.

Full-board/half-board

At Fantastico and Vertice refugios, there are full-board and half-board options. Full board includes breakfast, dinner and a boxed lunch. There was always enough food to keep us full at every meal.

The lunch bag typically consists of a sandwich, Nature Valley bar, juice box, nuts with dried fruit, chocolate bar and a piece of fruit. Dinners are hearty and come with a big piece of meat. Breakfasts are served with eggs and toast. Make sure to state if you are vegetarian.

Get all the info from our article: W Trek Patagonia Camps Ranked and Rated

w trek patagonia booking

You can also buy a la carte meals during lunch and dinner at some refugios. At our favourite Refugio, Los Cuernos, they had lasagna, burgers and even a charcuterie board, so we wished we had just ordered breakfast and lunch from there!

Cook your own food

Most refugios have a kitchen where campers can prepare and cook their own food. The downside is that you'll have to carry the weight of your food on the trek. Most refugios also have a small convenience store where you can purchase extra items along the way, such as soup, Ichiban noodles, cookies, alcoholic beverages, water, crackers, pasta, coffee etc.

If you're going to cook your own food, ensure the refugio you're staying at has a kitchen. Chileno for example does not have a kitchen.

Most lodges take credit card for snacks, food and drinks, however sometimes the credit machine is down so it is better to have a some Chilean Pesos with you.

Bring snacks!

Even if you're not cooking your own food, grab some snacks at the grocery store before your hike while it's cheap. We brought almonds, dried fruit, dark chocolate, and gummy worms. Check out Supermercado Unimarc in Puerto Natales. There is a dried goods stand at the front door. Full board won't leave you hungry, but it's nice to have a few snacks of choice to lift your spirits during a hard hiking day.

W Trek Packing List

w trek patagonia booking

Here is our list of what to pack for the W Trek. This is what we brought with us on our multi-day hike. Each item that is linked, is what we own and highly recommend. We have used them over the years for numerous hikes and camping trips around the world (Nepal, Peru etc.).

Note: we ate half board/full board at the lodges, so this packing list does not include gear to make your own food.

Top Tip: You won't need a pack cover we were told and saw first hand these things just act like parachutes on the windy sections of the trail. Garbage bag your goods or use dry bags instead.

What you can rent for the W Trek

w trek patagonia booking

You can rent a one or two person tent, sleeping mattress, hiking poles, sleeping bag, and hiking shoes (although we recommend bringing your own shoes to avoid blisters!).

Erratic Rock doesn't take advanced reservations and has become very popular, so don't count on getting your gear the night before your trek like we did. We ran over to Rental Natales and luckily found a two-person tent that had just arrived. Rentals Natales has online reservations and they wash their sleeping bags after every use.

Pre-trek prep in Puerto Natales

w trek patagonia booking

Where to stay in Puerto Natales before your trek

Pre-trek preparation checklist.

  • Grab your rentals the day before you leave on your trek
  • Purchase your bus ticket in advance to ensure you get an early departure time. You can reserve your ticket online through Busbud .
  • Grab snacks beforehand at a grocery store, such as almonds, dried fruit, dark chocolate, candies, and a roll of toilet paper.
  • Pull out cash for catamaran, Torres Del Paine Park fee, and any extra goodies you wish to buy at the camping lodges. There are reliable ATMs in Puerto Natales to pull out cash. Most lodges take credit card for snacks, food, and drinks, but cash is needed for the catamaran and park fee.

Getting to Torres Del Paine National Park

w trek patagonia booking

Getting from the Puerto Natales airport to Puerto Natales

A taxi from Puerto Natales airport to Puerto Natales is a flat rate of 7000 CLP for the whole car, not per person. The drive is about 10 minutes.

Taking the bus from Puerto Natales to Torres Del Paine National Park

Arrive at least 15 minutes early for your bus at 7 AM from Puerto Natales to Torres Del Paine. Some people didn't get on and had to wait for the 11 AM bus. It's better to get to the park early and is a must for this itinerary.

The bus first stops at Amarga where everyone gets off to purchase their park pass (cash only). Those going further to Pudeto to catch the catamaran to Paine Grande will need to get back on the same bus. The drive is 30 more minutes to Pudeto. Those headed to Las Torres Hotel catch another 15 minute shuttle bus.

Top Tip: Sit on the front left side of bus from Puerto Natales to Amarga for the best views. Sitting at the front also ensures you're first in line to get your park pass and you can quickly hop on the shuttle.

Start planning your trip to Torres Del Paine National Park

  • 💡 Travel tips: see our top 17 tips for the W Trek
  • ⛺ Refugios/Campsites: see how we ranked and rated the W Trek refugios & campsites
  • 🌃 Book your stay in Puerto Natales: Booking.com is our go-to for finding places to stay. Sort by top reviewed.
  • 🥾 Rent your gear: we rented our camping gear from Rental Natales
  • 🚌 Buy your bus ticket to the park: book in advance through Busbud .
  • 🛫 Book your flight to Puerto Natales: use Skyscanner to compare flights across different airlines (we recommend booking direct with the airline however).

Check out what the W Trek was like in our Chile vlog

Save and pin this self-guided W Trek itinerary for later:

w trek patagonia booking

Looking for more travel inspiration? Check out our list of fun adventure ideas for your next trip .

Featured Posts

3 day victoria, bc itinerary for fun and relaxation.

3 Day Victoria, BC Itinerary for Fun and Relaxation

Our 3 Day Victoria, BC itinerary is meant for long weekend getaways and combines relaxing activities with fun experiences that are unique to the city. We include impressive places to stay, tucked away restaurants, local hot spots and cool neighbourhoods to explore.

45 Unique Cultural Experiences to Inspire Your Next Trip

45 Unique Cultural Experiences to Inspire Your Next Trip

We've rounded up 45 unique cultural experiences including fun local experiences, fascinating historic sites worth the hype and exciting art & music scenes.

42 Fun Adventure Ideas For Your Next Trip

42 Fun Adventure Ideas For Your Next Trip

Seeking some adventure? From road trips to unique excursions around the world, we list 42 fun adventure ideas to inspire your next trip.

Search Groovy Mashed Potatoes - Travel Blog

Howlanders

Tour details

  • What to bring

trekking through the mirador base torres in the w trek patagonia

Torres del Paine W Trek tour (Patagonia)

Book Torres del Paine W Trek tour with all services included, the most iconic hike in Patagonia

Season 2024-25 bookings already available!

The W Trek is the most famous route in the iconic Torres del Paine National Park. The W Torres del Paine Circuit tour is a 5-day self-guided trek. The tour includes everything you need to enjoy this experience: transfers in/out from Puerto Natales, 4 nights of lodging in camping, refugio (mountain hostel) or refugio + hotel (according to your choice), fullboard (breakfast, lunch and dinner), entrance ticket to the National Park and even a welcome kit with material for the trek and free drinks in the refugios.

During the W Circuit you will discover the most iconic locations of the park: Base Torres, French & British Lookout and Grey Glacier. The first two nights you will stay in Central Sector or Chileno Campsite (near Base Torres), the third night in Cuernos Sector or French Sector and the last in the Paine Grande Sector .

Below we have detailed the whole itinerary, so that you can fully understand what we offer and book W Trek with confidence 😉

  • Park access ticket
  • Transfer by bus from Puerto Natales to Torres del Paine (round trip)
  • Catamaran ticket (Paine Grande - Pudeto)
  • 2 nights acommodation in Central Sector or Chileno Sector
  • 1 night acommodation in Fancés Sector or Cuernos Sector
  • 1 night acommodation in Sector Paine Grande
  • Full board (4 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 4 dinners)
  • Welcome kit (towel + liner + welcome drinks + refillable bottle + notebook + map)

Not included

  • Day 1 lunch
  • Day 5 dinner
  • Luggage porter (available as extra)
  • Guide (available as extra)

Important information

Lodging options: 

Camping: includes all camping equipment: sleeping bag, sleeping pad, tent already set up. They are tents with capacity for 2 people and you will be assigned a tent just for you in case you are a single person.

"Refugio": these are 4 oto 6 beds shared dorms at huts (mountain hostel) and includes sheets and blankets or sleeping bags, depending on the "refugio".

Hotel + "refugio": the first two nights you will stay at Las Torres Patagonia hotel in single, double or triple room depending on the number of passengers. The other two nights you will stay at refugio Francés or Cuernos and at Paine Grande.

Cancellation policy

Free cancellation!

If you cancel at least 60 days before the start of the tour, you will receive a 100% refund of the amount paid. If you cancel between 59 and 45 days before the start of the tour, you will receive a 50% refund of the amount paid. After this time or in case of not doing the activity, no refund will be made and it will not be possible to modify the reservation.

Reservation modifications are subject to the cancellation policies indicated, applying the corresponding penalty in each case depending on how far in advance the cancellation is requested.

Tour itinerary

Tour briefing, torres del paine w trek briefing.

We know that a 5-day trekking route requires good planning. In order for you to live the best experience, before you start the tour, we will send you an online briefing with everything you need: access tickets, packing list and detailed information about your daily itinerary.

In addition, we are always available to answer any questions that may arise 😉

Torres del Paine National Park entrance Chile

DAY 1 Puerto Natales - Torres del Paine National Park

Lodging: Central or Chileno Sector

Transfer to Torres del Paine National Park

The classic 5 days Torres del Paine W Trek starts after lunch. You will have to go to Puerto Natales bus station, where you will take a bus to the park departing at 2:15 PM. Make sure you get there 15 minutes before departute.

The bus will take you to Laguna Amarga, the park access point, where park rangers will register you as a visitor.

Access to the w trek patagonia

Central or Chileno Sector

Once inside the park, you will take a transfer to the Welcome Center. After picking up your welcome kit you will start hiking. If you are staying at Central sector, it will take you no more than 10 minutes. In case you are staying at Chileno, you will hike 4 miles (6 km) to the camping.

Upon arrival you will check-in, and your dinner and breakfast schedule will be indicated.

You will have free time until dinner time. Some travelers take the opportunity to stroll around the area, others have a drink on the bar terrace and enjoy the scenery. 

💬 Breakfast and dinner are always served in the dining room of the "refugio", even if you stay in camping.

Common area of the Base Torres Refugio

DAY 2 Base Torres Trekking

Difficulty: Medium - High

Total distance: 13.7 miles (22 km) from Central / 10.5 miles (17 km) from Chileno

Total approximate time: 9 hours

Positive elevation gain: 3,517 ft. (1,072m)

Lodging: Central Sector or Chileno Sector

✨ Highlight: Base Torres Lookout Point

Breakfast at "refugio"

The day starts with breakfast at the time assigned during check-in (between 7:30 - 8:30). After breakfast, you will pick up the lunch-box that you will enjoy during the route. As you will get back to the same location, you will only have to carry your daypack, leaving your backpack at the accomodation.

💬 The lunch-box includes specific food to fuel for the day’s physical activity: nuts, cereal bars, fruit, a sandwich and some sweets.

Breakfast at the Base Torres refugio

Trekking to Base Torres lookout

Today's route is the iconic ascent to the Base Torres viewpoint, 13.7 miles (22 km) consisting of three sectors: initial slope, descent into the Chileno Sector and final ascent. 

You will start the hike flat for 1.2 miles (2 km), crossing the Ascencio River Valley until you reach the first stretch with slope. This will be followed by 1.8 miles (3 km) of trail until you reach the Paso de los Vientos, with views that will make the initial effort worthwhile.

boy taking a picture in Paine windy pass

Lenga Forest - La Morrena - Base Torres Lookout Point

You will continue along a 2.5 miles (4 km) flat stretch, passing through Chileno Sector and you will suddenly enter a totally different ecosystem: a lenga forest.

The third sector of today´s hike is the most complicated. An area of large stones with a steep slope and no marked path. Finally, after 1.5 miles (2.5 km) you will get to Base Torres del Paine lookout. Enjoy!

💬 Many travelers staying at Central Sector stop at Chileno on their way up or down to refill water or have a drink and rest for a while. Obviously, if you stay in Chileno Sector your route will be shorter

Big rocks at Torres del Paine glacier moraine

Views of Torres del Paine

It is time to relax and enjoy. From this viewpoint you will get the best views to the famous granite towers that gives the National Park its name.

Central Sector

Once you are ready, you will start your way back along the same trail, until you reach your accommodation . Upon arrival you will have free time to rest, have a drink at the bar while chatting to other travelers and then have dinner.

💙 Howlanders Tip

For a better hiking experience, we recommend starting the route early in the morning, so you will avoid the large groups that arrive from Puerto Natales to do this hike in a full-day tour.

people at the torres del paine base lookout point

DAY 3 Lake Nordenskjöld Trekking

Difficulty: Medium

Total distance: 8 miles (13.2 km) to Cuernos Sector / 10.5 miles (17 km) to Francés Sector.

Total approximate time: 4:30 hours to Cuernos Sector / 6:30 hours to Francés Sector. 

Positive vertical drop: 1,115 ft. (340 m) up to Cuernos Sector / 1,706 ft. (520 m) up to Francés Sector. 

Lodging: Francés or Cuernos Sector

✨ Highlight: Lake Nordenskjöld

Lake Nordenskjöld

Without a doubt, this is the best day to enjoy the scenery without rushing, as you will walk during 4:30 to 6:30 hours (depending on your accommodation). So you can take it easy and enjoy the views.

After breakfast, the third day of the Torres del Paine W Trek begins. This is the least demanding stage, as there is very little elevation gain and the trail is in very good condition. You will surround the Nordenskjöld lake, hiking on trail through the forest, crossing small rivers and even walking along the beaches of the lake. And all this, with views of the Almirante Nieto mountain and the Cuernos del Paine. Patagonia in all its splendor as a backdrop!

Lake Nordenskjöld

Francés Sector in Torres del Paine

Francés and Cuernos Sectors are the coziest sectors of the W Trek, as many travelers do not reach them because they are not accessible by boat or bus.

Some travelers prefer to stay in Francés Sector in order to hike 3 miles (5 km) less on the next day. Others prefer to enjoy the Cuernos Sector, as its atmosphere is as great as its cuisine.

dining room refugio cuernos in torres del paine

DAY 4 Francés Valley trekking: Francés and Británico Lookouts

Difficulty: Medium-High

Total distance: 16,7 miles (27 km) from Cuernos Sector / 14 miles (23 km) from Francés Sector.

Total approximate time: 10 hours from Cuernos Sector / 8 hours from Francés Sector. 

Positive elevation gain: 3215 ft. (980 m) from Cuernos Sector / 2624 ft. (800 m) from Francés Sector. 

Lodging: Paine Grande Sector

✨ Highlight: French Lookout + British Lookout.

Francés Lookout

Day 4 is one of the most demanding if you hike to French (Francés) and British (Británico) lookouts.

If you have stayed in Cuernos, you will have to get to Francés, a 2.5 miles (4 km) flat trail.

From Francés Sector there are 0.9 miles (1.4 Km) until reaching the intersection where the trail splits. From there, one trail ascends to the French valley, and the other continues to Paine Grande.

If you decide to hike along the French Valley, you will walk 0.6 miles (1 km) to "Campamento Italiano". This camp is used by the park rangers (CONAF) and offers luggage storage service. You can leave your backpack and take with you a smaller daypack, so you hike lighter. The hike to French Lookout takes 1.5 miles (2,5 km) per way, including 985 ft (300 m) elevation gain. 

💬 The distance and difficulty of today's route can be adapted. You can skip the hike along the Frances Valley and go directly to the Paine Grande Sector. In this case, the route will be 8 miles (13 km) shorter and mostly flat. Other option is to hike just to Francés lookout.

views of the french valley torres del paine

Británico Lookout

Once at the French viewpoint you can continue to the British viewpoint, 1.9 miles (3 km) long with 920ft (280 m) elevation gain. When you reach the viewpoint you will find a rocky area where you can climb to enjoy the best views and take the best picture of British viewpoint.

Afterwards, you will return along the same trail, to the park rangers' campsite, where you will have left your backpack.

british viewpoint w circuit torres del paine

Arrival at Paine Grande Sector

The last part of the route are 5.6 miles (9 km), with slight negative slope that your legs will appreciate. You will cross an area that suffered a fire a few years ago, where the tree trunks create a somewhat gloomy landscape. 

Welcome to Paine Grande Sector! The largest "refugio" in Torres del Paine, with a unique location in front of Lake Pehoé, and with the majestic Cerro Paine in the background.

Skottsberg Lake

DAY 5 Grey Glacier Trekking - Puerto Natales

Total distance: 13.7 miles (22 km) to "refugio" Grey.

Approximate time: 9 hours

Positive elevation gain: 2296 ft. (700 m.) 

Lodging: not included (return to Puerto Natales)

✨ Highlight: Grey glacier viewpoint and suspension bridges.

*This information takes into consideration the route to the Grey lodge, there are travelers who decide to continue 2.5 kilometers longer (each way) to reach the first suspension bridge.

Cerro Paine Grande

The route of the last day is an ascent in the direction of the Grey Glacier. You will hike having Lake Grey on one side and Cerro Paine Grande on the other. The route length depends on you, the more you hike, the closer to the glacier you get. Some travelers reach the Grey Glacier viewpoint, others continue further up to the Grey "refugio", and some even to reach the first suspension bridge.

💙 Howlanders Tip:

In order to get closer to Grey Glacier, we recommend that you leave your backpack at Paine Grande and hike with a daypack. Time it well, as you have to be back in time to not miss the catamaran leaving the park.

Views of the Cerro Paine Grande from the refuge

  • Grey Glacier Lookout

The first stop is the Grey Lake viewpoint, located 3.7 miles (6 km) away from Paine Grande. From here you can see the Grey Glacier and some litle icebergs fallen from Glacier Grey wall.

  • Grey "refugio"

To get to the Refugio you will hike almost 7 miles (11 km), therefore the total lenght will be 13.8 miles (22.2 km) and some travelers end their ascent here.

  • First suspension bridge:

Although the experience of crossing this bridge is as good as its views, we only recommend reaching this point to the most experienced hikers. In total it takes 16.6 miles (26.8 km). Do it only if you leave early, the weather conditions are good and you calculate your time very well to ensure you can get back on time to take the catamaran .

walt to the grey lake in w trek patagonia

Catamaran on Lake Pehoé

The way back to the Paine Grande Sector is downhill, so it is much easier. It is important to keep an eye on the time on this route, because at 6:30 PM you will have to take the catamaran that will take you back to Pudeto. You will sail across Lake Pehoé to Pudeto and once there, a bus will take you back to Puerto Natales, where you will arrive around 9:30 PM, ending this epic adventure in Chilean Patagonia.

catamaran from Paine Grande Sector to Pudeto

What to bring to Torres del Paine W Trek tour (Patagonia)

  • PDI: Migratory card (foreign travelers not residing in Chile)
  • Accommodation reservation ticket
  • Hiking pants: thin or short.
  • Long hiking pants for extra warmth
  • First layer: thermal T-shirt
  • Middle layer: fleece or similar
  • Outer layer: waterproof jacket
  • Warm jacket or fleece
  • Mountain footwear (if possible waterproof boots)
  • Resting slippers
  • Sandals (for showers)
  • Personal hygiene products
  • Flashlight and battery (especially useful in campgrounds)
  • Walking sticks
  • Cash (USD or CLP)
  • Medium trekking backpack (40 liters approx.)
  • Small trekking backpack (15 liters) for use in the sections with return to the same sector.
  • Long/short sleeve T-shirts

Where does the tour Torres del Paine W Trek tour (Patagonia) start

The tour starts in the city of Puerto Natales. If you are traveling from Santiago de Chile the best option is to fly directly to Puerto Natales or take a flight to Punta Arenas, and from there you can take a bus that in only 3:15 hours will take you to the bus station in Puerto Natales or  hire a private transportation service with us .

If you are traveling from El Calafate (Argentina), there are buses that connect directly to Puerto Natales in a 5 hour trip or you can book with us the transfer from El Calafate to Puerto Natales or the direct transfer between El Calafate and Torres del Paine .

Questions & Answers

My dates are not available, is there an alternative.

Yes, Howlanders will do everything possible to help you to do this route, offering you different dates, itinerary modifications, etc... do not hesitate and contact us .

Can I do the W Circuit in the opposite direction?

Yes, it is possible to start in Paine Grande and the Grey Glacier area and finish in Base Torres, just contact us to request this modification.

What are the shelters in Torres del Paine National Park like?

The lodges are very well equipped, with large common areas to rest and have a drink. All of them have a large dining room that is also used by travelers staying at the campsite. They also have a bar where travelers meet to chat and have a drink. Finally, the showers in the refuges are better and do not have schedules, as the showers in the campsites have a schedule of use. We have created a post for you to get to know the different shelters in the park: https://blog.howlanders.com/en/torres-del-paine-lodging/

Do I have a private room in the shelters?

How are the campsites in torres del paine national park.

There are two types of camping depending on the sector. In some sectors they are tents mounted on wooden structures, in others they are "glamping", a large tent raised off the ground, very similar to those used in safaris to install on top of the 4x4. In addition, all campsites have their own toilets and showers (with limited opening hours) and a common kitchen, which you will not have to use, as the tour includes all meals served in the dining room of the lodge. You can see the different types of camping in the pictures of the tour, also in the following link you can see the campsites in each sector.

Is lunch included and where do you eat at lunchtime?

What food is included in the lunch-box, to make a reservation as a chilean traveler or foreigner residing in chile, what documentation do i need to present, what documentation do i need to bring to access torres del paine national park, do i have to carry all my luggage to torres del paine, do i have to carry my backpack for the entire tour, where do i leave my luggage in that case, can i do the w circuit with a guide or porter, is the porter service only offered for 2 days.

Yes, since no more is needed. On days 1 and 2 you will be in Central, during days 3 and 4 is when it is necessary to move your luggage between the Central and Paine Grande sectors, and on day 5 your luggage remains in Paine Grande while you make the route to Grey.

What is a self-guided tour?

Where does the bus to torres del paine national park leave from, do i have to carry a lot of water, do i have to carry my camping equipment during the tour.

No, the tents are set up at the campsites, and upon arrival, you will be told which tent you have been assigned, which will already be set up and equipped with a mat and sleeping bag.

Torres del Paine W Trek tour (Patagonia) tour reviews with Howlanders

Other tours that might interest you from chile.

Circuit C Torres del Paine

Circuit C Torres del Paine

Torres del Paine W Trek 6-Day Tour

Torres del Paine W Trek 6-Day Tour

W trek circuit in Torres del Paine (short version)

W trek circuit in Torres del Paine (short version)

W trek in Torres del Paine 3 days tour

W trek in Torres del Paine 3 days tour

Other travelers also booked.

Balmaceda Serrano Glaciers Tour

Balmaceda Serrano Glaciers Tour

Minitrekking Perito Moreno

Minitrekking Perito Moreno

Glaciares Gourmet boat tour

Glaciares Gourmet boat tour

San Pedro de Atacama to Uyuni Tour

San Pedro de Atacama to Uyuni Tour

Hiking Patagonia's W Trek 3 Times‪!‬ Travel Light Adventure Duo

In this weeks episode Melanie tells us all about her experience with the W Trek in Patagonia. Completing this trek 2 times already, Melanie talks about why she is going back! Follow us on Social Media:https://www.instagram.com/traveltooch/https://www.instagram.com/enzocomedy/Interested on coming on our trips? Go to our website and see whats coming next!https://travellightadventures.com/

  • More Episodes
  • © 2024 Travel Light Adventure Duo

Top Podcasts In Leisure

Passing Thru Travel

Passing Thru Travel

15 Best Places in Patagonia To Visit in 2024

Posted: February 24, 2024 | Last updated: February 24, 2024

<p><strong>Patagonia, a region shared by Argentina and Chile, is a land of awe-inspiring natural beauty. Known for its rugged landscapes, towering mountains, and pristine glaciers, Patagonia is a haven for adventurers and nature lovers alike. This guide takes you through the most breathtaking destinations in Patagonia, each offering a unique experience of this wild and untamed region. Patagonia’s diverse landscapes promise an unforgettable journey from the iconic Torres del Paine to the remote Tierra del Fuego.</strong></p>

Patagonia, a region shared by Argentina and Chile, is a land of awe-inspiring natural beauty. Known for its rugged landscapes, towering mountains, and pristine glaciers, Patagonia is a haven for adventurers and nature lovers alike. This guide takes you through the most breathtaking destinations in Patagonia, each offering a unique experience of this wild and untamed region. Patagonia’s diverse landscapes promise an unforgettable journey from the iconic Torres del Paine to the remote Tierra del Fuego.

<p><span>Torres del Paine National Park, a highlight of Chilean Patagonia, is renowned for its dramatic peaks, bright blue icebergs, and vast pampas. The park’s network of trails, including the famous W Trek and the O Circuit, offers some of the world’s best trekking experiences. Hikers are treated to stunning views of the park’s namesake towers, the Paine Massif, and the Grey Glacier. The diverse ecosystems within the park, from steppe to subpolar forests, are home to an array of wildlife, including guanacos and condors.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Book refugios or campsites well in advance if you plan to trek.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>The best time to visit is during the Southern Hemisphere’s summer, from November to early March.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Punta Arenas in Chile and then take a bus or a rented car to the park.</span></p>

1. Torres del Paine National Park, Chile

Torres del Paine National Park, a highlight of Chilean Patagonia, is renowned for its dramatic peaks, bright blue icebergs, and vast pampas. The park’s network of trails, including the famous W Trek and the O Circuit, offers some of the world’s best trekking experiences. Hikers are treated to stunning views of the park’s namesake towers, the Paine Massif, and the Grey Glacier. The diverse ecosystems within the park, from steppe to subpolar forests, are home to an array of wildlife, including guanacos and condors.

Insider’s Tip: Book refugios or campsites well in advance if you plan to trek.

When To Travel: The best time to visit is during the Southern Hemisphere’s summer, from November to early March.

How To Get There: Fly to Punta Arenas in Chile and then take a bus or a rented car to the park.

<p><span>The Perito Moreno Glacier, part of Argentina’s Los Glaciares National Park, is one of the most accessible and dynamic glaciers on the planet. Visitors can witness the awe-inspiring sight of ice calving from the glacier into Lake Argentino. The park offers various viewing platforms and boat tours for different perspectives of this natural wonder. Unlike many other glaciers worldwide, Perito Moreno is one of the few still growing, making it a particularly fascinating site for glaciology enthusiasts.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Take a guided glacier walk on the ice for a memorable experience.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>Visit between October and April for milder weather.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to El Calafate in Argentina, and then it’s a short drive to the glacier.</span></p>

2. Perito Moreno Glacier, Argentina

The Perito Moreno Glacier, part of Argentina’s Los Glaciares National Park, is one of the most accessible and dynamic glaciers on the planet. Visitors can witness the awe-inspiring sight of ice calving from the glacier into Lake Argentino. The park offers various viewing platforms and boat tours for different perspectives of this natural wonder. Unlike many other glaciers worldwide, Perito Moreno is one of the few still growing, making it a particularly fascinating site for glaciology enthusiasts.

Insider’s Tip: Take a guided glacier walk on the ice for a memorable experience.

When To Travel: Visit between October and April for milder weather.

How To Get There: Fly to El Calafate in Argentina, and then it’s a short drive to the glacier.

<p><span>Fitz Roy Mountain, near the small town of El Chaltén, is a paradise for experienced hikers and climbers. The mountain’s iconic jagged peaks present one of the world’s most challenging and rewarding climbs. For those seeking less strenuous activities, numerous trails like Laguna de los Tres offer breathtaking views of Fitz Roy and the surrounding Patagonian landscape. The town of El Chaltén itself is a charming base for exploring the region, with cozy accommodations and local eateries.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Start your hike early in the morning to avoid crowds and enjoy the best views.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>Trekking season runs from November to April.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to El Calafate and then take a bus to El Chaltén.</span></p>

3. Fitz Roy Mountain, Argentina

Fitz Roy Mountain, near the small town of El Chaltén, is a paradise for experienced hikers and climbers. The mountain’s iconic jagged peaks present one of the world’s most challenging and rewarding climbs. For those seeking less strenuous activities, numerous trails like Laguna de los Tres offer breathtaking views of Fitz Roy and the surrounding Patagonian landscape. The town of El Chaltén itself is a charming base for exploring the region, with cozy accommodations and local eateries.

Insider’s Tip: Start your hike early in the morning to avoid crowds and enjoy the best views.

When To Travel: Trekking season runs from November to April.

How To Get There: Fly to El Calafate and then take a bus to El Chaltén.

<p><span>Tierra del Fuego, an archipelago off the southern tip of South America, is a land of stark contrasts and extreme beauty. Ushuaia, the world’s southernmost city, is the gateway to this remote region. Here, visitors can explore the Tierra del Fuego National Park, take boat trips along the Beagle Channel, or embark on expeditions to Antarctica. The region’s unique flora and fauna, including Magellanic penguins and Andean foxes, make it a fascinating destination for wildlife enthusiasts.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Visit the End of the World Museum in Ushuaia to glimpse the area’s history.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>The best time is during the Southern Hemisphere’s summer, from December to March.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Ushuaia from major cities in Argentina or Chile.</span></p>

4. Tierra del Fuego, Argentina and Chile

Tierra del Fuego, an archipelago off the southern tip of South America, is a land of stark contrasts and extreme beauty. Ushuaia, the world’s southernmost city, is the gateway to this remote region. Here, visitors can explore the Tierra del Fuego National Park, take boat trips along the Beagle Channel, or embark on expeditions to Antarctica. The region’s unique flora and fauna, including Magellanic penguins and Andean foxes, make it a fascinating destination for wildlife enthusiasts.

Insider’s Tip: Visit the End of the World Museum in Ushuaia to glimpse the area’s history.

When To Travel: The best time is during the Southern Hemisphere’s summer, from December to March.

How To Get There: Fly to Ushuaia from major cities in Argentina or Chile.

<p><span>The Marble Caves on Lake General Carrera are a breathtaking natural formation. Millennia of waves washing against calcium carbonate have sculpted these caves into stunning formations. The caves’ walls, with their swirling patterns of blue and grey, are a photographer’s dream, especially when reflected in the lake’s azure waters. Accessible only by boat, the caves offer a serene and otherworldly experience.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Take a boat or kayak tour for the best views of the caves.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>Visit between September and February for the best weather.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Balmaceda, then drive to Puerto Río Tranquilo, where tours to the caves are available.</span></p>

5. Marble Caves, Chile

The Marble Caves on Lake General Carrera are a breathtaking natural formation. Millennia of waves washing against calcium carbonate have sculpted these caves into stunning formations. The caves’ walls, with their swirling patterns of blue and grey, are a photographer’s dream, especially when reflected in the lake’s azure waters. Accessible only by boat, the caves offer a serene and otherworldly experience.

Insider’s Tip: Take a boat or kayak tour for the best views of the caves.

When To Travel: Visit between September and February for the best weather.

How To Get There: Fly to Balmaceda, then drive to Puerto Río Tranquilo, where tours to the caves are available.

<p>Image Credit: Shutterstock / Natalia Di Marco<span>The Valdés Peninsula is a UNESCO World Heritage Site celebrated for its unique marine wildlife and rugged coastline. It’s one of the best places in the world to see Southern Right Whales, which come close to shore between June and December. The peninsula also hosts large colonies of sea lions, elephant seals, and various bird species. Its steppe-like interior and dramatic coastline offer stunning landscapes and excellent wildlife viewing opportunities.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Take a whale-watching tour between June and December to see Southern Right Whales.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>Wildlife viewing is best from September to March.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Puerto Madryn or Trelew, then drive to the peninsula.</span></p>

6. Valdés Peninsula, Argentina

Image Credit: Shutterstock / Natalia Di Marco The Valdés Peninsula is a UNESCO World Heritage Site celebrated for its unique marine wildlife and rugged coastline. It’s one of the best places in the world to see Southern Right Whales, which come close to shore between June and December. The peninsula also hosts large colonies of sea lions, elephant seals, and various bird species. Its steppe-like interior and dramatic coastline offer stunning landscapes and excellent wildlife viewing opportunities.

Insider’s Tip: Take a whale-watching tour between June and December to see Southern Right Whales.

When To Travel: Wildlife viewing is best from September to March.

How To Get There: Fly to Puerto Madryn or Trelew, then drive to the peninsula.

<p><span>Cerro Castillo, less crowded than Torres del Paine, offers equally stunning scenery for those willing to venture off the beaten path. The trek around Cerro Castillo takes you through diverse landscapes, including forests, alpine meadows, and high mountain passes, with the castle-like peaks of Cerro Castillo as a constant backdrop. The trek is challenging but rewards hikers with incredible views of glaciers, turquoise lakes, and the Patagonian wilderness.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Pack for all weather conditions, as the weather can change rapidly.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>The trekking season is from November to April.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Balmaceda and then drive or take a bus to Villa Cerro Castillo.</span></p>

7. Cerro Castillo, Chile

Cerro Castillo, less crowded than Torres del Paine, offers equally stunning scenery for those willing to venture off the beaten path. The trek around Cerro Castillo takes you through diverse landscapes, including forests, alpine meadows, and high mountain passes, with the castle-like peaks of Cerro Castillo as a constant backdrop. The trek is challenging but rewards hikers with incredible views of glaciers, turquoise lakes, and the Patagonian wilderness.

Insider’s Tip: Pack for all weather conditions, as the weather can change rapidly.

When To Travel: The trekking season is from November to April.

How To Get There: Fly to Balmaceda and then drive or take a bus to Villa Cerro Castillo.

<p><span>At the southernmost tip of the South American continent, Cape Horn is a legendary location known for its challenging sailing conditions and rich maritime history. Cruises to this remote area offer a unique opportunity to experience the wild beauty of the southern seas and the sense of adventure that comes with reaching the “end of the world.” The area is also significant for its unique flora and fauna adapted to harsh conditions.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Choose a cruise that includes lectures on the region’s history and wildlife.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>Cruises run during the Southern Hemisphere’s summer, from December to March.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Cruises to Cape Horn typically depart from Ushuaia.</span></p>

8. Cape Horn, Chile

At the southernmost tip of the South American continent, Cape Horn is a legendary location known for its challenging sailing conditions and rich maritime history. Cruises to this remote area offer a unique opportunity to experience the wild beauty of the southern seas and the sense of adventure that comes with reaching the “end of the world.” The area is also significant for its unique flora and fauna adapted to harsh conditions.

Insider’s Tip: Choose a cruise that includes lectures on the region’s history and wildlife.

When To Travel: Cruises run during the Southern Hemisphere’s summer, from December to March.

How To Get There: Cruises to Cape Horn typically depart from Ushuaia.

<p><span>Los Alerces National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site in Argentina, is known for its ancient Alerces trees, some of which are over 3,000 years old. The park’s lakes, rivers, and forests offer a serene setting for hiking, kayaking, and fishing. The park is a testament to Argentina’s commitment to conservation, with well-maintained trails and minimal-impact tourism practices. The park’s diverse ecosystems are home to various wildlife, including deer, pumas, and several bird species.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Explore the Arrayanes Forest for a magical walk among unique cinnamon-colored trees.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>Visit from October to April for the best weather.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Esquel and then drive to the park.</span></p>

9. Los Alerces National Park, Argentina

Los Alerces National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site in Argentina, is known for its ancient Alerces trees, some of which are over 3,000 years old. The park’s lakes, rivers, and forests offer a serene setting for hiking, kayaking, and fishing. The park is a testament to Argentina’s commitment to conservation, with well-maintained trails and minimal-impact tourism practices. The park’s diverse ecosystems are home to various wildlife, including deer, pumas, and several bird species.

Insider’s Tip: Explore the Arrayanes Forest for a magical walk among unique cinnamon-colored trees.

When To Travel: Visit from October to April for the best weather.

How To Get There: Fly to Esquel and then drive to the park.

<p><span>Pumalín Park, one of the largest private parks in the world, is a testament to conservation efforts in Chilean Patagonia. Created by conservationist Douglas Tompkins, the park spans over 400,000 hectares of temperate rainforests, fjords, and waterfalls. Visitors can hike through pristine forests, kayak along untouched fjords, and witness the park’s commitment to environmental preservation firsthand. The park’s infrastructure, including trails and campgrounds, is designed to minimize human impact on the environment.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Visit the park’s environmental information centers to learn about its conservation efforts.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>The best time to visit is from December to March.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Puerto Montt, then drive or take a ferry to the park.</span></p>

10. Pumalín Park, Chile

Pumalín Park, one of the largest private parks in the world, is a testament to conservation efforts in Chilean Patagonia. Created by conservationist Douglas Tompkins, the park spans over 400,000 hectares of temperate rainforests, fjords, and waterfalls. Visitors can hike through pristine forests, kayak along untouched fjords, and witness the park’s commitment to environmental preservation firsthand. The park’s infrastructure, including trails and campgrounds, is designed to minimize human impact on the environment.

Insider’s Tip: Visit the park’s environmental information centers to learn about its conservation efforts.

When To Travel: The best time to visit is from December to March.

How To Get There: Fly to Puerto Montt, then drive or take a ferry to the park.

<p><span>El Chaltén, often called Argentina’s trekking capital, is the gateway to some of Patagonia’s most iconic trails. The town offers a range of trekking options, from easy day hikes to challenging multi-day expeditions. The surrounding landscapes of glaciers, lakes, and mountains provide a stunning backdrop for outdoor activities. In addition to trekking, visitors can enjoy rock climbing, horseback riding, and fishing.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Visit the Los Condores viewpoint for a stunning panoramic view of the town and surrounding peaks.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>Trekking season is from October to April.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to El Calafate and then take a bus to El Chaltén.</span></p>

11. El Chaltén, Argentina

El Chaltén, often called Argentina’s trekking capital, is the gateway to some of Patagonia’s most iconic trails. The town offers a range of trekking options, from easy day hikes to challenging multi-day expeditions. The surrounding landscapes of glaciers, lakes, and mountains provide a stunning backdrop for outdoor activities. In addition to trekking, visitors can enjoy rock climbing, horseback riding, and fishing.

Insider’s Tip: Visit the Los Condores viewpoint for a stunning panoramic view of the town and surrounding peaks.

When To Travel: Trekking season is from October to April.

<p><span>Laguna San Rafael National Park is home to the San Rafael Glacier, one of the largest and most actively calving glaciers in the Chilean Patagonia. The park offers boat tours that provide close-up views of the glacier and the icebergs in the lagoon. The park’s remote location and stunning ice landscapes make it a must-visit for adventure seekers and nature enthusiasts. Visitors can also explore the surrounding rainforests and spot wildlife such as sea lions and dolphins.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Take a boat tour that includes visiting the hot springs at Quitralco Fjord.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>The best time for boat tours is from October to April.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Access is mainly by boat or plane from Coyhaique or Puerto Chacabuco.</span></p>

12. Laguna San Rafael National Park, Chile

Laguna San Rafael National Park is home to the San Rafael Glacier, one of the largest and most actively calving glaciers in the Chilean Patagonia. The park offers boat tours that provide close-up views of the glacier and the icebergs in the lagoon. The park’s remote location and stunning ice landscapes make it a must-visit for adventure seekers and nature enthusiasts. Visitors can also explore the surrounding rainforests and spot wildlife such as sea lions and dolphins.

Insider’s Tip: Take a boat tour that includes visiting the hot springs at Quitralco Fjord.

When To Travel: The best time for boat tours is from October to April.

How To Get There: Access is mainly by boat or plane from Coyhaique or Puerto Chacabuco.

<p><span>The King Penguin Colony on the Chilean side of Tierra del Fuego offers a unique opportunity to observe these majestic birds. Located at Parque Pingüino Rey, the colony is one of the few places outside Antarctica where you can see king penguins in their natural habitat. The park provides a respectful and sustainable way to observe the penguins, with designated viewing areas to minimize disturbance.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Respect the penguins’ space and observe them from a distance to avoid disturbing them.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>Penguins can be seen year-round, but the best time is during the breeding season, from September to March.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Punta Arenas, take a ferry and drive to the park.</span></p>

13. King Penguin Colony, Tierra del Fuego, Chile

The King Penguin Colony on the Chilean side of Tierra del Fuego offers a unique opportunity to observe these majestic birds. Located at Parque Pingüino Rey, the colony is one of the few places outside Antarctica where you can see king penguins in their natural habitat. The park provides a respectful and sustainable way to observe the penguins, with designated viewing areas to minimize disturbance.

Insider’s Tip: Respect the penguins’ space and observe them from a distance to avoid disturbing them.

When To Travel: Penguins can be seen year-round, but the best time is during the breeding season, from September to March.

How To Get There: Fly to Punta Arenas, take a ferry and drive to the park.

<p><span>San Carlos de Bariloche, known simply as Bariloche, offers a unique combination of stunning natural landscapes and a lively city atmosphere. Bariloche is located in Argentina’s Lake District, a hub for outdoor activities like hiking, kayaking, and mountain biking. The city’s Swiss-style architecture and renowned chocolate shops add to its charm, making it a popular destination year-round. In winter, Bariloche transforms into a ski resort, while the summer months are perfect for exploring the surrounding lakes and mountains.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Take the cable car to Cerro Campanario for one of the best views in the region.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>Visit from December to March for outdoor activities and pleasant weather.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Bariloche Airport, with regular flights from Buenos Aires.</span></p>

14. Bariloche, Argentina

San Carlos de Bariloche, known simply as Bariloche, offers a unique combination of stunning natural landscapes and a lively city atmosphere. Bariloche is located in Argentina’s Lake District, a hub for outdoor activities like hiking, kayaking, and mountain biking. The city’s Swiss-style architecture and renowned chocolate shops add to its charm, making it a popular destination year-round. In winter, Bariloche transforms into a ski resort, while the summer months are perfect for exploring the surrounding lakes and mountains.

Insider’s Tip: Take the cable car to Cerro Campanario for one of the best views in the region.

When To Travel: Visit from December to March for outdoor activities and pleasant weather.

How To Get There: Fly to Bariloche Airport, with regular flights from Buenos Aires.

<p><span>The Aysén Region in Chilean Patagonia is a secluded paradise for adventurers. Less crowded and largely untouched, it offers a wilderness experience that includes the Northern Patagonian Ice Field and numerous fjords. The Carretera Austral, a scenic route through the region, leads to remote beauty spots ideal for hiking, kayaking, and fishing. Aysén’s rugged terrain and pristine landscapes are perfect for those seeking an immersive nature experience away from tourist trails.</span></p> <p><b>Insider’s Tip: </b><span>Plan a road trip along the Carretera Austral for a unique way to explore the region’s diverse landscapes.</span></p> <p><b>When To Travel: </b><span>The best time to visit is during the Southern Hemisphere’s summer, from December to March.</span></p> <p><b>How To Get There: </b><span>Fly to Balmaceda Airport and rent a car for the best exploration experience.</span></p>

15. Aysén Region, Chile

The Aysén Region in Chilean Patagonia is a secluded paradise for adventurers. Less crowded and largely untouched, it offers a wilderness experience that includes the Northern Patagonian Ice Field and numerous fjords. The Carretera Austral, a scenic route through the region, leads to remote beauty spots ideal for hiking, kayaking, and fishing. Aysén’s rugged terrain and pristine landscapes are perfect for those seeking an immersive nature experience away from tourist trails.

Insider’s Tip: Plan a road trip along the Carretera Austral for a unique way to explore the region’s diverse landscapes.

When To Travel: The best time to visit is during the Southern Hemisphere’s summer, from December to March.

How To Get There: Fly to Balmaceda Airport and rent a car for the best exploration experience.

<p><span>Patagonia is a land of endless natural wonders, offering experiences that range from witnessing colossal glaciers to trekking through pristine forests. Each destination in this vast region presents an opportunity to connect with nature and witness the raw beauty of one of the world’s most spectacular landscapes. As you plan your journey through Patagonia, remember that the true essence of this place lies in its wild and untamed spirit, inviting you to explore and discover its many treasures.</span></p> <p><span>More Articles Like This…</span></p> <p><a href="https://thegreenvoyage.com/barcelona-discover-the-top-10-beach-clubs/"><span>Barcelona: Discover the Top 10 Beach Clubs</span></a></p> <p><a href="https://thegreenvoyage.com/top-destination-cities-to-visit/"><span>2024 Global City Travel Guide – Your Passport to the World’s Top Destination Cities</span></a></p> <p><a href="https://thegreenvoyage.com/exploring-khao-yai-a-hidden-gem-of-thailand/"><span>Exploring Khao Yai 2024 – A Hidden Gem of Thailand</span></a></p> <p><span>The post <a href="https://passingthru.com/best-places-in-patagonia-to-visit/">15 Best Places in Patagonia To Visit in 2024</a> republished on </span><a href="https://passingthru.com/"><span>Passing Thru</span></a><span> with permission from </span><a href="https://thegreenvoyage.com/"><span>The Green Voyage</span></a><span>.</span></p> <p><span>Featured Image Credit: Shutterstock / Olga Danylenko.</span></p> <p><span>For transparency, this content was partly developed with AI assistance and carefully curated by an experienced editor to be informative and ensure accuracy.</span></p>

The Bottom Line

Patagonia is a land of endless natural wonders, offering experiences that range from witnessing colossal glaciers to trekking through pristine forests. Each destination in this vast region presents an opportunity to connect with nature and witness the raw beauty of one of the world’s most spectacular landscapes. As you plan your journey through Patagonia, remember that the true essence of this place lies in its wild and untamed spirit, inviting you to explore and discover its many treasures.

More Articles Like This…

Barcelona: Discover the Top 10 Beach Clubs

2024 Global City Travel Guide – Your Passport to the World’s Top Destination Cities

Exploring Khao Yai 2024 – A Hidden Gem of Thailand

The post 15 Best Places in Patagonia To Visit in 2024 republished on Passing Thru with permission from The Green Voyage .

Featured Image Credit: Shutterstock / Olga Danylenko.

For transparency, this content was partly developed with AI assistance and carefully curated by an experienced editor to be informative and ensure accuracy.

More for You

(Sion Touhig/Getty Images)

Stephen Hawking once gave a simple answer as to whether there was a God

All in the Family Carroll O'Connor Jean Stapleton

The Only Major Actors Still Alive From All In The Family

trump golf

Donald Trump 'Faces Enforcement' for Failing to Pay Legal Costs

This U.S. State Is One of the Best Places to Retire for Low Crime, Taxes, and an Affordable Cost of Living

This U.S. State Is One of the Best Places to Retire for Low Crime, Taxes, and an Affordable Cost of Living

Dolly-Parton-Beyonce.jpg

Dolly Parton says it was ‘bold’ of Beyonce to change ‘Jolene’ lyrics without telling her

As some commenters pointed out, this doesn’t just work with leaves.

Gardener warns against common mistake with raised garden beds: ‘You could end up with your soil level dropping within days’

EJ Johnson and Magic Johnson attend the Los Angeles Premiere Of Apple's

Magic Johnson Celebrates Son EJ's Birthday and Applauds Him for Helping Others Be 'Their Authentic Selves'

Here's What Happens if You Inherit an IRA

Here's How Much the Average 60-Year-Old Has in Their 401(k)

Woman's transracial adoption

Black Woman Shares Experience of Adoption by White Family

20 American Foods That the Rest of The World Just Can’t Stomach

20 American Foods That the Rest of The World Just Can’t Stomach

iStock-1174418589.jpg

Spy agency issues urgent warning to billions of smartphone users to avoid being spied on

More unpleasant legal surprises for Trump possible, newly revealed investigations suggest

More unpleasant legal surprises for Trump possible, newly revealed investigations suggest

'The Magnificent Seven' cast

The Magnificent Seven: What Happened To The Cast?

Angel Reese believes Caitlin Clark is not the reason why people are watching WNBA

Angel Reese takes another big shot at Caitlin Clark in WNBA

Senior says 'it's scary' watching saving disappear

‘Inflation has really taken its toll’: Woman, 75, tells Dr. Phil her savings, Social Security and job income are not enough to ‘make ends meet’ — says ‘it’s scary’ seeing her money disappear

NEWS: [Subcat: US] Map shows the best place to buy a house in US to survive nuclear war (SEO) METRO GRAPHICS Credit FEMA / Getty / metro.co.uk

Map reveals best places to live in the US if nuclear war breaks out

Potatoes

Potato Recall Update as FDA Sets Risk Level

‘I’ve sacrificed my career’: My husband and I may divorce soon, but he will inherit $1 million. How do I make sure I get half?

‘I’ve sacrificed my career’: My husband and I may divorce soon, but he will inherit $1 million. How do I make sure I get half?

A rare rattlesnake with

Rare "highly toxic" viper found in Ohio

12 Uncomfortable Truths About Christianity That People Aren't Ready to Hear

12 Uncomfortable Truths About Christianity That People Aren't Ready to Hear

Expedia Rewards is now One Key™

Expedia travel: search hotels, cheap flights, car rentals & vacations, search for travel.

  • Things to do

Add a flight

Save 10% or more on over 100,000 hotels with Member Prices. Also, members save up to 30% when you add a hotel to a flight

Go beyond your typical stay.

w trek patagonia booking

Get there quicker

Book a nearby trip for the 4th of july long weekend without the long journey., last-minute weekend deals, image gallery for fontainebleau las vegas.

Fontainebleau Las Vegas

Image gallery for the wayfarer san diego.

The Wayfarer San Diego

Image gallery for e-central downtown los angeles hotel.

E-Central Downtown Los Angeles Hotel

Los angeles, image gallery for the viv hotel, anaheim, a tribute portfolio hotel.

The Viv Hotel, Anaheim, a Tribute Portfolio Hotel

Image gallery for argonaut hotel.

Restaurant

Argonaut Hotel

San francisco, image gallery for hotel beacon.

Hotel Beacon

Image gallery for silver legacy resort casino at the row.

Pool

Silver Legacy Resort Casino at THE ROW

Image gallery for sands hotel and spa.

Sands Hotel and Spa

Indian wells, image gallery for quartz hotel & spa.

Quartz Hotel & SPA

Image gallery for chaminade resort & spa.

Chaminade Resort & Spa

Image gallery for cypress pointe resort.

Cypress Pointe Resort

Image gallery for trump international hotel & tower chicago.

Terrace/patio

Trump International Hotel & Tower Chicago

Image gallery for 1 hotel nashville.

Terrace/patio

1 Hotel Nashville

Image gallery for nopsi hotel, new orleans.

Bar (on property)

NOPSI Hotel, New Orleans

New orleans, image gallery for the lancaster hotel.

The Lancaster Hotel

Image gallery for the oxford hotel.

Front of property

The Oxford Hotel

Explore these unique stays, image gallery for naturluxe & stars.

Naturluxe & Stars

Watkins glen, image gallery for cottage on armstrong.

Exterior

Cottage on Armstrong

Image gallery for brasada ranch.

Terrace/patio

Brasada Ranch

Powell butte, image gallery for elk springs resort.

Exterior

Elk Springs Resort

Monterville, image gallery for walden retreats.

Walden Retreats

Johnson city, image gallery for cougar ridge resort, llc.

Cougar Ridge Resort, LLC

Image gallery for moon river cabins.

Exterior

Moon River Cabins

Image gallery for schlafmans hollow solar cabins.

Terrace/patio

Schlafmans Hollow Solar Cabins

Image gallery for casa duro.

Restaurant

Image gallery for Tropical Cottages

Exterior

Tropical Cottages

Image gallery for zion mountain ranch.

Zion Mountain Ranch

Mount carmel, image gallery for gorgeous margaritaville cottage w/private patio.

Gorgeous Margaritaville Cottage W/private Patio!

Image gallery for blue moon rising.

Room

Blue Moon Rising

Image gallery for verde valley rv & camping resort, a thousand trails property.

Verde Valley RV & Camping Resort, a Thousand Trails Property

Image gallery for ocean villas at turtle bay.

Ocean Villas at Turtle Bay

Image gallery for come friday cottages on the bay.

Front of property

Come Friday Cottages on the Bay

Image gallery for windjammer cottage.

Exterior

Windjammer Cottage

Branson west, image gallery for the wilderness inn.

The Wilderness Inn

Image gallery for white stallion ranch.

Terrace/patio

White Stallion Ranch

Image gallery for 320 guest ranch.

Property grounds

320 Guest Ranch

Gallatin gateway, image gallery for tirrito farm.

Front of property

Tirrito Farm

Image gallery for the horse shoe farm.

Pool

The Horse Shoe Farm

Hendersonville, image gallery for historic log cabin retreat near town on 5 acres.

Terrace/patio

Historic Log Cabin Retreat Near Town on 5 Acres!

Fredericksburg, image gallery for y.o. ranch headquarters.

Y.O. Ranch Headquarters

Mountain home.

w trek patagonia booking

Earn OneKeyCash on eligible flights, hotels, cars, and more

w trek patagonia booking

Go off the beaten path. One Key members save more

w trek patagonia booking

Go all in and still save money this summer

w trek patagonia booking

Find a faraway beach this summer and save up to $1,045 when you book your flight + hotel together

w trek patagonia booking

Flight deals ready to take you to the most-loved places

  • Explore a world of travel with Expedia

Top Hotel Deals on Domestic Destinations

  • Top Hotels in Boston, MA
  • Top Hotels in Houston, TX
  • Top Hotels in Chicago, IL
  • Top Hotels in Pigeon Forge, TN
  • Top Hotels in Myrtle Beach, SC
  • Top Hotels in Los Angeles, CA
  • Top Hotels in Nashville, TN
  • Top Hotels in San Francisco, CA
  • Top Hotels in Miami, FL
  • Top Hotels in New Orleans, LA
  • Top Hotels in Atlantic City, NJ
  • Top Hotels in Orlando, FL
  • Top Hotels in Las Vegas, NV
  • Top Hotels in Anna Maria Island, FL
  • Top Hotels in New York, NY
  • Top domestic Hotels

Top Hotel Deals on International Destinations

  • Top All-inclusive Resorts in Turks and Caicos
  • Top All-inclusive Resorts in Puerto Rico
  • Top Hotels in Paris
  • Top Hotels in Puerto Rico Island
  • Top Hotels in Rome from $35
  • Top All-inclusive Resorts in Bahamas
  • Top Hotels in San Juan
  • Top Hotels in Cabo San Lucas
  • Top Hotels in Tokyo
  • Top All-inclusive Resorts in Mexico
  • Top Hotels in Cancun
  • Top All-inclusive Resorts in Cancun
  • Top Hotels in London
  • Top Hotels in Niagara Falls
  • Top Hotels in Toronto
  • Top international Hotels

Top Domestic Flights

  • Flights to Las Vegas
  • Flights to Hawaii
  • Flights to New York
  • Flights to Orlando
  • Flights to Miami
  • Flights to Los Angeles
  • Flights to Maui
  • Flights to Houston
  • Flights to Dallas
  • Flights to Denver

Top International Flights

  • Flights to Puerto Rico
  • Flights to Tokyo
  • Flights to Kannur
  • Flights to Mexico City
  • Flights to London
  • Flights to Cancun
  • Flights to Manila
  • Flights to Cabo San Lucas
  • Flights to Bali
  • Flights to Bora Bora

Save today on vacation packages

  • Las Vegas Vacation Packages
  • New York Vacation Packages
  • Miami Vacation Packages
  • Orlando Vacation Packages
  • New Orleans Vacation Packages
  • Williamsburg Vacation Packages
  • Portland Vacation Packages
  • Laughlin Vacation Packages
  • Tampa Vacation Packages
  • Atlantic City Vacation Packages
  • Austin Vacation Packages
  • St. Thomas Vacation Packages

Book international flights & hotels together to save

  • Cancun Vacation Packages
  • Punta Cana Vacation Packages
  • Aruba Vacation Packages
  • Bahamas Vacation Packages
  • London Vacation Packages
  • Paris Vacation Packages
  • Cozumel Vacation Packages
  • Playa Del Carmen Vacation Packages
  • Toronto Vacation Packages
  • Quintana Roo Vacation Packages

Top places to visit domestically

  • Visit Los Angeles
  • Visit Las Vegas
  • Visit New York
  • Visit Chicago
  • Visit Orlando
  • Visit Dallas
  • Visit Atlanta
  • Visit Phoenix
  • Visit Miami
  • Visit Houston

Visit places internationally

  • Visit the Bahamas
  • Visit Vancouver
  • Visit Mexico
  • Visit Cabo San Lucas
  • Visit Cancun
  • Visit Punta Cana
  • Visit Australia
  • Visit London
  • Visit Aruba
  • Visit Paris

Airport & car rental deals

  • Car rentals in Los Angeles
  • Car rentals in Orlando
  • Car rentals in Las Vegas
  • Car rentals in Denver
  • Car rentals in Phoenix
  • Car rentals in Chicago
  • Car rentals in Fort Lauderdale
  • Car rentals in New York
  • Car rentals in Atlanta
  • Car rentals in Houston

Find cheap car rentals at international airports

  • Car rentals in Dublin
  • Car rentals in Vancouver
  • Car rentals in Toronto
  • Car rentals in Dubai
  • Car rentals in Paris
  • Car rentals in Cancun
  • Car rentals in Puerto Rico
  • Car rentals in Rome
  • Car rentals in Calgary

Top Deals on Vacation Rental Destinations

  • Search all Vacation Rentals
  • Top Myrtle Beach Vacation Rentals
  • Top Vacation Rentals in Florida
  • Top Vacation Rentals in New Jersey
  • Top South Lake Tahoe Vacation Rentals
  • Top Galveston Vacation Rentals
  • Top Miami Vacation Rentals
  • Top Tampa Vacation Rentals
  • Top Orlando Vacation Rentals
  • Top Daytona Beach Vacation Rentals
  • Top Gulf Shores Vacation Rentals
  • Top Oahu Vacation Rentals
  • Top Geneva-on-the-Lake Vacation Rentals
  • Top Oregon Coast Vacation Rentals
  • Top Jersey Shore Vacation Rentals
  • Top South Padre Island Vacation Rentals

Popular cruise destinations

  • Cruises to Bahamas
  • Cruises to Mexico
  • Cruises to Hawaii
  • Cruises to Alaska
  • Cruises to Caribbean
  • Cruises to Europe
  • Cruises to Bermuda
  • Cruises to Africa
  • Cruises to Australia & New Zealand
  • Cruises to Canada & New England

Cruise departure ports nearby

  • Cruises from Galveston
  • Cruises from Miami
  • Cruises from New York
  • Cruises from Tampa
  • Cruises from Long Beach
  • Cruises from Boston
  • Cruises from Charleston
  • Cruises from Port Canaveral
  • Cruises from San Francisco
  • Cruises from Norfolk

Other Vacation ideas

  • Travel Trends 2024
  • Christmas Vacation Deals
  • Weekend Getaways
  • Plan your Vacation
  • Vacation Payment Plans
  • Expedia Group wildlife guidelines
  • All Inclusive Vacations
  • Ski Vacations
  • Beach Vacations
  • Golf Vacations
  • Kid Friendly Vacations
  • Luxury Vacations
  • Romantic Vacations
  • Honeymoon Vacations
  • Adventure Vacations
  • Cheap Vacations
  • Last Minute Vacation Deals
  • Best Travel Destinations by Month

More destinations

  • All Destinations

DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina

Leningradskoe Shosse 39 Bldg1, Voykovsky, 125212 Moscow, Russia – Great location - show map

w trek patagonia booking

DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina Reserve now

Lock in a great price for DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina – rated 8.9 by recent guests!

Enter dates to get started.

Cleanliness

Value for money

  • Swimming pool
  • Air conditioning
  • 24-hour front desk
  • Key card access
  • Daily housekeeping
  • Non-smoking rooms

Offering a fitness center and an indoor pool, DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina is located in a business district of Moscow, a 15-minute walk from Vodny Stadion Metro Station and a 20-minute metro ride from the city center. Free WiFi is available. Each room will provide you with free mini-bar and tea/coffee facilities. They feature a flat-screen TV, soundproofed windows, ironing facilities and comfortable working area. The private bathrooms come with free toiletries, bathrobes and slippers, a make-up mirror and a hairdryer. Dishes of Russian and International cuisine are served in the Artyashok & La Veranda Restaurant. Salads, desserts, sushi, coffee and variety of wines can be enjoyed in the Lobby Bar & Lounge. The hotel offers 24-hour room service. Guests can also visit the on-site hammam, Finnish sauna, snow fountain and a beauty salon. Chavana Spa offers a variety of wellness procedures. Sheremetyevo International Airport is 9.9 mi from DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina.

Couples in particular like the location – they rated it 8.8 for a two-person trip.

Distance in property description is calculated using © OpenStreetMap

  • Indoor swimming pool
  • Private Parking
  • Family rooms
  • Airport shuttle
  • Tea/Coffee Maker in All Rooms
  • Wonderful Breakfast

Doubletree by Hilton

Property highlights

Top Location: Highly rated by recent guests (8.9)

Want a great night's sleep? This hotel was highly-rated for its very comfy beds.

Private parking at the hotel

Loyal Customers

끖 There are more repeat guests here than most other properties.

Saved to 17512 lists

Availability

Select dates to see this property's availability and prices

Sustainability certification

Categories:, see what guests loved the most:.

Russia

Hotel area info

Restaurants 3 restaurants on site.

  • Cuisine Pizza • Seafood • Sushi • Russian • European
  • Open for Breakfast • Brunch • Lunch • Dinner • High tea • Cocktail hour
  • Ambience Family-friendly • Traditional
  • Cuisine Pizza • Seafood • Sushi • European
  • Open for Brunch • Lunch • Dinner • High tea • Cocktail hour
  • Ambience Family-friendly • Traditional • Modern • Romantic

Amenities of DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina Great facilities! Review score, 9

  • Free toiletries
  • Outdoor furniture
  • Refrigerator
  • Fold-up bed
  • Live sports events (broadcast)
  • Hiking Off-site
  • Canoeing Additional charge Off-site
  • Windsurfing Additional charge Off-site
  • Skiing Off-site
  • Fishing Off-site
  • Flat-screen TV
  • Fruit Additional charge
  • Wine/Champagne Additional charge
  • Kid-friendly buffet
  • Kids' meals Additional charge
  • Breakfast in the room
  • Tea/Coffee maker
  • Parking garage
  • Accessible parking
  • Invoice provided
  • ATM on site
  • Baggage storage
  • Express check-in/out
  • Suit press Additional charge
  • Ironing service Additional charge
  • Dry cleaning
  • Fax/Photocopying Additional charge
  • Business center Additional charge
  • Meeting/Banquet facilities
  • Fire extinguishers
  • CCTV outside property
  • CCTV in common areas
  • Smoke alarms
  • Security alarm
  • 24-hour security
  • Grocery deliveries Additional charge
  • Shared lounge/TV area
  • Designated smoking area
  • Smoke-free property
  • Wake-up service
  • Laptop safe
  • Packed lunches
  • Chapel/Shrine
  • Soundproof rooms
  • Hair/Beauty salon
  • Ironing facilities
  • Facilities for disabled guests
  • Airport shuttle Additional charge
  • Room service
  • Bathroom emergency cord
  • Lowered sink
  • Toilet with grab rails
  • Wheelchair accessible
  • Opening times
  • Open all year
  • Adults only
  • Heated pool
  • Shallow end
  • Pool/Beach towels
  • Beach chairs/Loungers
  • Locker rooms
  • Personal trainer
  • Massage chair
  • Full-body massage
  • Hand massage
  • Head massage
  • Couples' massage
  • Foot massage
  • Neck massage
  • Back massage
  • Spa/Wellness packages
  • Spa lounge/Relaxation area
  • Spa facilities
  • Body treatments
  • Hairstyling
  • Hair coloring
  • Hair treatments
  • Makeup services
  • Waxing services
  • Facial treatments
  • Beauty services
  • Turkish/Steam Bath
  • Hot tub/Jacuzzi
  • Massage Additional charge
  • Spa Additional charge
  • Solarium Additional charge
  • Fitness center

See availability House rules

From 3:00 PM

Until 12:00 PM

Cancellation/ prepayment

Cancellation and prepayment policies vary according to accommodations type. Please enter the dates of your stay and check what conditions apply to your preferred room.

Children & Beds

Child policies

Children of all ages are welcome.

Children 8 and above will be charged as adults at this property.

To see correct prices and occupancy info, add the number and ages of children in your group to your search.

Crib and extra bed policies

Prices for cribs and extra beds aren't included in the total price. They'll have to be paid for separately during your stay.

The number of extra beds and cribs allowed depends on the option you choose. Check your selected option for more info.

All cribs and extra beds are subject to availability.

No age restriction

There's no age requirement for check-in

Pets are not allowed.

When booking more than 9 rooms, different policies and additional supplements may apply.

Accepted payment methods

Cash Debit card DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina accepts these cards and reserves the right to temporarily hold an amount prior to arrival.

Billing/invoices

Official invoices (for tax/billing purposes) are available at this property for business travelers.

FAQs about DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina

How much does it cost to stay at doubletree by hilton moscow – marina.

The prices at DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina may vary depending on your stay (e.g. dates, hotel's policy etc.). To see prices, enter your dates.

Does DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina have a pool?

Yes, this hotel has a pool. See details about the pool and other facilities on this page.

How far is DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina from the center of Moscow?

DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina is 7.5 miles from the center of Moscow. All distances are measured in straight lines. Actual travel distances may vary.

What type of room can I book at DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina?

Does doubletree by hilton moscow – marina have a restaurant on site.

  • Lobby Bar & Lounge

What is there to do at DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina?

  • Windsurfing
  • Couples' massage

What are the check-in and check-out times at DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina?

Check-in at DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina is from 3:00 PM, and check-out is until 12:00 PM.

Does DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina have a hot tub for its guests?

Yes, there's a hot tub. You can find out more about this and the other facilities at DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow – Marina on this page.

The Best of Moscow

  • The Kremlin
  • Cathedral of Christ the Saviour
  • Lenin Mausoleum
  • Saint Basil's Cathedral
  • Donskoi Monastery
  • Victor Vasnetsov House Museum
  • Tretyakov Gallery
  • Museum of Traditional Russian Beverages Ochakovo
  • State Historical Museum
  • Pushkin Museum of Fine Arts
  • Zaryadye Park
  • Neskuchny Garden
  • Botanical Garden of Academy of Sciences

Popular Areas

  • Arbat Street
  • Izmaylovsky Kremlin

Shopping Areas

  • GUM Shopping Center

Stadiums or Arenas

  • Luzhniki Stadium
  • Spartak Stadium
  • VTB Arena - Dinamo Stadium
  • Sport complex Snezh.com
  • Olympic Stadium
  • Bolshoi Theater
  • Sheremetyevo International Airport (SVO) 9.5 miles
  • Vnukovo International Airport (VKO) 17.4 miles
  • Zhukovsky International Airport (ZIA) 30.9 miles

Train Stations

  • Belorussky Train Station

w trek patagonia booking

Personalized recommendations

We provide personalized recommendations based on your activity on our platform. If you prefer, you can opt out of this option. Opting-out only affects your current device. Adjust this setting to your preference on other devices as well.

Verified reviews from real guests.

We have more than 70 million property reviews, all from real, verified guests .

How does it work?

It starts with a booking.

The only way to leave a review is to first make a booking. That's how we know our reviews come from real guests who have stayed at the property.

Followed by a trip

When guests stay at the property, they check out how quiet the room is, how friendly the staff is, and more.

And finally, a review

After their trip, guests tell us about their stay. We check for naughty words and verify the authenticity of all guest reviews before adding them to our site.

If you booked through us and want to leave a review, please sign in first.

Check-in date

Check-out date

w trek patagonia booking

  • Take Action
  • Start a Repair

Laxaþjóð | A Salmon Nation

Our relationship with nature not only defines our history, it shapes our future, too. Yet beneath the surface of Iceland’s fjords, an industrial fish farming method threatens to destroy one of Europe’s last remaining wildernesses. Laxaþjóð | A Salmon Nation tells the story of a country united by its lands and waters, and the power of a community to protect the wild places and animals that helped forge its identity.

Shipping Information

We do our best to process and ship orders within 1-2 business days (Monday-Friday, excluding holidays). We kindly ask that you choose standard shipping where possible to reduce our environmental impact. If you have any questions about your order, you can reach out to our Customer Service team and we will be happy to help.

More Details

Unsure of the right size? Can’t decide between jackets? Our Customer Service team is here to help—the less unnecessary shipping, the better. We have no time limit on returns and accept both current and past-season products.

How returns work Start your return Customer Service

Sign up for product highlights, original stories, activism awareness, event updates and more.

Filter & Sort

  • Recommended For You
  • Price (High to Low)
  • Price (Low to High)
  • Regular fit (5)
  • Slim fit (1)
  • £100 - £199 (2)
  • £200 - £299 (4)
  • £300 - £399 (1)
  • Breathable (3)
  • Fair Trade (6)
  • GORE-TEX (1)
  • Helmet Compatible (2)
  • Packable (2)
  • PFC Free (6)
  • Waterproof (6)
  • Windproof (5)

Materials & Our Footprint

  • ECONYL Recycled Nylon (1)
  • Netplus Recycled Nylon (1)
  • Recycled Materials (6)
  • Ripstop (5)
  • Men's Men's
  • Jackets & Vests Men's Jackets & Vests

Men's Waterproof & Rain Jackets

Our men’s rain jackets are waterproof, breathable and durable. They’re made without perfluorinated chemicals (PFCs/PFAS) and with 100% recycled outer fabrics that meet our H2No® Performance Standard.

M's Boulder Fork Rain Jacket - Basin Green (BSNG)

M's Boulder Fork Rain Jacket

M's Torrentshell 3L Rain Jacket - Phosphorus Green (PHGN)

M's Torrentshell 3L Rain Jacket

M's Granite Crest Rain Jacket - Lagom Blue (LMBE)

M's Granite Crest Rain Jacket

M's Storm Racer Jacket - Endless Blue (ENLB)

M's Storm Racer Jacket

M's Triolet Jacket - Touring Red (TGRD)

M's Triolet Jacket

M's Jackson Glacier Rain Jacket - Utility Blue (UTB)

M's Jackson Glacier Rain Jacket

We guarantee everything we make.

We take responsibility for our impact.

We support grassroots activism.

We keep your gear going.

We give our profits to the planet.

IMAGES

  1. The W Trek in Patagonia

    w trek patagonia booking

  2. Tips, Tricks and FAQs for Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia, food, where

    w trek patagonia booking

  3. What do you pack for the most famous hike in the world? If you are

    w trek patagonia booking

  4. The Torres del Paine W-Trek is one of the most iconic hikes in all of

    w trek patagonia booking

  5. Ultimate Guide To Hiking The W Trek In Patagonia

    w trek patagonia booking

  6. Torres del Paine W Trek: Enjoy the best 7 days famous W Trek Tour

    w trek patagonia booking

VIDEO

  1. TORRES DEL PAINE : GLACIER GREY 'ICE TREKKING' ADVENTURES

  2. Hiking Patagonia W Trek Day 3

  3. Last Day of our Bucket List Hike W Trek Patagonia

  4. Patagonia's Best Backpacking Trail?! 🥾 The W Trek

  5. The Classic W trek + Into the Wild Brush Variant for the adventurous

COMMENTS

  1. The W trek in Torres del Paine

    The campsites on the W trek can be booked online together through Booking Patagonia, or separately on Vertice Patagonia, and Las Torres Patagonia websites. Vertice Patagonia campsites Currently, the Grey and Paine Grande campsites on the W trek are available for booking from the 1st of October.

  2. W Classic Circuit I W Trek I 5 days / 4 nights I Torres del Paine I

    The W Circuit gets its name from the way it starts at one end of the Park, winds up and back down two spectacular mountain valleys, and then comes to a close at the other end, forming a W from a bird's eye view. The 5 day/4 night W Circuit option gives you the first day to relax and thoroughly explore the numerous sights of the Las Torres sector.

  3. Hiking The W Trek In Patagonia: A Self-Guided Itinerary [2024]

    Booking Camping and Accommodation on the W Trail. Bus tickets to and from Torres del Paine. Packing for the W Trek. Our Self-guided itinerary for hiking the W Trail. Day 1 - Puerto Natales to Chileno via Las Torres. Day 2 - Chileno to Francés. Day 3 - Francés to Paine Grande via Francés Valley. Day 4 - Paine Grande to Grey.

  4. O Circuit & W Trek Reservations 2023/2024

    On the Booking Patagonia website, under the Buy Now tab, click 'Personalized' or 'Routes' to make your O Circuit or W Trek reservations. Browsing the pre-configured routes under the 'Routes' option is the easiest way to book through Booking Patagonia. But, if none of the routes suit you, use the 'Personalized' option.

  5. COMPLETE Guide to the Torres del Paine W-Trek in 2024

    Epic Patagonia W Trek (Departs Santiago): Tour Duration: 10 days. Cost: $3,950 USD. Departs from: Santiago. This tour will begin from Santiago where you will stay the first night at the tour's partner B&B before flying out of the Santiago airport the next day (airfare is included) to Torres del Paine National Park.

  6. Torres del Paine W Trek

    Reserve. We'll place a 24 hour hold on your preferred option - without obligation - whilst we talk through the details. 1-855-369-7866. Hike the W Trek in Torres del Paine, Patagonia's iconic & most famous hiking route. Discover dramatic landscapes, granite towers & hanging glaciers.

  7. Torres Del Paine W Trek

    The most popular trek in Patagonia, the Torres Del Paine W Trek is fast becoming one of the most well-respected short hikes in the world due to the trail's stunning scenery. Guanaco in Torres Del Paine. Located in the amazing Torres del Paine National Park which was made a World Biosphere Reserve by UNESCO in 1978.

  8. W Trek / Self Guided Hiking at Torres del Paine, Chile

    Day 3 / French Valley / Torres del Paine National Park. Trek: 9 to 10 hours, 18,8 km * The time and distance will depend on the lookout you choose. One way hike to the Beautiful French Valley. You can choose the difficulty of the day depending on how far you want to get. continue to Paine Grande Refuge. Highlights: Pehoe Lake, Paine Horns ...

  9. Torres del Paine W Trek Patagonia

    The W-Trek is a popular hiking route in the Torres del Paine National Park in Chilean Patagonia. It's called the "W-Trek" because of the shape the route makes as it winds through the park - it looks like the letter "W" when drawn on a map. The trek takes you to some of the park's most iconic sights including the stunning granite towers that ...

  10. Organize a hike on Chile's famous W Trek

    Step 1: Time it right. Find the best mix of good weather and accommodation availability. Hiking the W Trek hinges on the availability of the half-dozen currently operational refugios (hostels with limited dorm beds, a restaurant, hot showers and campsites) dotted along the route, which can book out months in advance during the November-to-February peak season.

  11. W Trek Accommodations

    A guide to the refugios and camping options along the W Trek in Torres del Paine National Park, Chile. Find out the prices, amenities, views, and tips for each sector of the trek.

  12. Torres del Paine W Trek Patagonia: How to Hike It In 4 Days

    Difficulties With Booking Torres del Paine W Trek Reservations. Booking the Torres del Paine W Trek in Patagonia takes time and effort. Personally, in September 2019 we tried booking the relevant campsites for the W Trek around 4-5 months in advance of the 2020 season.

  13. The Ultimate Guide to Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia: Full Itinerary

    For the beginning of the W Trek, book a ticket from Puerto Natales (Rodoviario) to Terminal Laguna Amarga. For the ending of the W Trek, book a ticket from Pudeto (Catamaran Paine Grande) to Puerto Natales (Rodoviario). I recommend an afternoon or evening time for the end of the trek, my bus left Pudeto at 2PM.

  14. Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia Self-Guided: The Complete Details

    Hiking the W Trek in Torres del Paine is expensive. Especially when compared to other places in Patagonia like Bariloche and El Chalten. But there's ways to make this experience cheaper like bringing our own food and camping gear. Overview (per person): Our Costs. Accommodation + Gear (3 nights): $345 USD.

  15. Ultimate Guide to Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia

    2.5K. Situated in the southern realms of South America, Patagonia is one of the world's last untouched wildernesses.Chilean Patagonia is a land of towering peaks, crystal-clear rivers, blue-hazed glaciers and treeless steppe, it offers vistas like nowhere else on Earth. Often at the top of hiker's bucket list, the region's most celebrated trekking route, the W Trek, takes a 'W-shaped ...

  16. Booking Patagonia Travel

    W Trek . The classical and most popular trek in Torres del Paine.. It's popular name derives from the shape that the path sketches out in the map, a path that can be traveled through in 3 to 5 days, depending on your personal preference of rhythm.In terms of accessibility, this is the most popular and accessible trek at Torres del Paine, which can be traveled towards the West, or towards the East.

  17. How to Hike the Torres del Paine W Trek [2024 Guide]

    Distance: 13 kilometers (8 miles) plus 8 kilometers (5 miles) for the hike from the Centro de Bienvenida to Laguna Amarga) Duration: 6 hours hiking (add an extra 1.5-2 hours for the hike to Laguna Amarga) 4:30am Wake up and take a small bag (including warm clothes and a snack) to see the torres at dawn.

  18. Self Guided W Trek

    The Best W Trek Route. Day 1: Arrive at Torres Central, hike up to the three Towers and back down to Chileno (13.8km) Day 2: Chileno to Cuernos (13km) Day 3: Cuernos to Frances Valley and back down to Paine Grande (21.5km) Day 4: Paine Grande to Grey (11km)

  19. Torres del Paine W Trek tour (Patagonia)

    The W Trek is the most famous route in the iconic Torres del Paine National Park. The W Torres del Paine Circuit tour is a 5-day self-guided trek. The tour includes everything you need to enjoy this experience: transfers in/out from Puerto Natales, 4 nights of lodging in camping, refugio (mountain hostel) or refugio + hotel (according to your choice), fullboard (breakfast, lunch and dinner ...

  20. ‎Travel Light Adventure Duo: Hiking Patagonia's W Trek 3 Times! on

    ‎Show Travel Light Adventure Duo, Ep Hiking Patagonia's W Trek 3 Times! - May 9, 2024. Exit; Apple; Store; Mac; iPad; iPhone; Watch; AirPods; TV & Home; Entertainment; Accessories; Support; 0 + Apple Podcasts Preview. 30 min. PLAY. Hiking Patagonia's W Trek 3 Times‪!‬ Travel Light Adventure Duo

  21. 15 Best Places in Patagonia To Visit in 2024

    Patagonia, a region shared by Argentina and Chile, is a land of awe-inspiring natural beauty. ... The park's network of trails, including the famous W Trek and the O Circuit, offers some of the ...

  22. Expedia Travel: Vacation Homes, Hotels, Car Rentals, Flights & More

    Book your dream vacation with Expedia and save more on hotels, flights, car rentals and more. Explore flexible options and package deals for your trip.

  23. Pentahotel Moscow, Arbat, Moscow

    Pentahotel Moscow, Arbat features 4-star pet-friendly accommodations in Moscow. The lifestyle hotel has a fitness center and a terrace. Free WiFi is available throughout the property. All air-conditioned rooms in the hotel are equipped with a flat-screen TV and mini-bar. The private bathroom is fitted with a bath or shower and free toiletries.

  24. DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow

    DoubleTree by Hilton Moscow - Marina. Leningradskoe Shosse 39 Bldg1, Voykovsky, 125212 Moscow, Russia - Great location - show map. 8.9. Excellent. 932 reviews. "perfect room and breakfast. It was important for me to stay alone without any interactions.

  25. Men's Waterproof & Rain Jackets and Vests

    M's Jackson Glacier Rain Jacket. £220. waterproof. windproof. Compare. Lightweight, packable protection from seriously wet weather—shop men's waterproof rain jackets and shells with GORE-TEX® or H2No® fabric. Free Shipping over €100.